Mary Johnston, Exits and Entrances in Roman Comedy (Plautus and Terence)

EXITS AND ENTRANCES
IN ROMAN COMEDY
(PLAUTUS AND TERENCE )
A Dissertation
Submitted in Partial Fulfillment of the Requirements for

the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy , in the Faculty
of Philosophy , Columbia University
BY
MARY JOHNSTON
Professor of Latin , MacMurray College
Jacksonville , Illinois
GENEVA , NEW YORK

THE W. F. HUMPHREY PRESS
1933
283623
PAGOGO
, 37
COPYRIGHT 1933
· BY MARY JOHNSTON
PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES
INDIANA UNIVERSITY LIBRAR
- . ? .
1995
JUL
(
23
Latin
TO MY MOTHER
oot
formunds
PREFACE
I have attempted this study of entrances and exits as handled

in the comedies of Plautus and Terence in the hope of finding
definite and consistent answers to certain questions to which ,
at present , in reference books , in annotated editions of plays of
Plautus and Terence , and in articles in learned periodicals one
all
finds vague or conflicting answers or no answers at began
I
.
the first instance with the desire establish definitely and
to
in
it
of
finally possible the conventional significance the use
if
,
by the two
on
stage
of
made the side entrances the Roman

-
of
chief Roman writers comedy Plautus and Terence For

,
.
be
this purpose the evidence the subject

on
to
found the
in
plays Plautus and Terence
of
was assembled and studied
.
of by of
all all
This study then involved the examination the movements
of
all the characters the extant plays

of
of
other means
entrance and exit and hence the study the possible stage
,
setting for each play Further became necessary take up to

it
,
.
or
the question whether there were were not intervals between

scenes the production the plays and whether interludes
of
in
up
by
or
fill
were were not used the dramatists such intervals

to
between scenes Also the miniatures illustrating one manu

,
.
script one play the Phormio

of
Terence were studied

of
to
see
(
what light they might cast upon the subject

.
the study
the plays
of of
it of
In
the course connection with

in
several divisions the subject

frequently happened that the
be
same passage must considered from more than one point

. of
of
view and hence more than one section this dissertation

in
,
This inevitably caused much repetition material but for the

of
this subject this repetition has been

of
of
convenience students
see
all
directly before the eyes

to
allowed since the evidence

,
needed connection with given point much more satis

is
in
factory well far easier countless cross

as
as
than follow
to
,
the point
as
of
references changes
to
from section section view

.
Lindsay
of
quote
of
The text Plautus from which that

is
I
Kauer
of
of
The text Terence which have used that and

is
I
11
Macci Plauti Comoediae Recognovit Brevique Adnotatione

.
At
Critica Instruxit allace Lindsay Two volumes the

W
Oxford
M
<
>
.
(
:
are
parts the Oxford Classi

of
Clarendon Press 1903 1904 These volumes

,
cal Text Series

).
Preface
Lindsaya . However , I have not followed either text exactly in

punctuation , capitalization , or spelling . I have , in these mat
ters , used my own best judgment .
For the purpose of this investigation it does not matter
whether the text of Plautus as we now have it is or is not as he
left it . At least we have his plays in an acting version , whether
his own or a later acting version , that must have been used
intelligibly on the Roman stage .
On the history of the text of Plautus Lindsay states that
" Even the question whether the first collected edition of Plau
tus' plays was made in the time of Varro (Usener in Nachricht .

Götting . Gesellschaft 1892 , p . 201) or in the time of Valerius
Probus (Leo Plautinische Forschungen , chap . 1) cannot be
settled from the evidence at our disposal ” . After Lindsay
wrote these words, Leo ' s
work reached a second edition “. In
this edition ,
Chapter I , in which Professor Leo discusses Ge
schichte der Ueberlieferung der Plautinischen Komödien im
Altertum , covers pages 1 - 62 . Lindsay also discusses the sub
his
ject monograph entitled The Ancient Editions
of of
in Plautus
).
My thanks are due Professor Charles Knapp Barnard
to
College Columbia University he suggested this topic and he ,

;
,
,
has helped me with his advice and criticism throughout the
progress my work
on
this dissertation
of
MARY JOHNSTON
MacMurray College
,
Jacksonville Illinois
,
2P
Terenti Afri Comoediae Recognoverunt Brevique Adnotatione

.
Critica Instruxerunt Robert Kauer Wallace Lindsay Oxford

et
<
>
of M
.
:
(
At theClarendon Press 1926 This volume part the Oxford Classical

is
,
a
.
Text Series
).
The Captivi Editio Maior Edited with

, of
Plautus Introduction
,
, ,
3
by
Apparatus Criticus and Commentary Wallace Lindsay London

, M
,
Methuen and Company 1900

12
See the Introduction page

,
)
.
.
by
4Plautinische Forschungen Friedrich Leo Berlin Weidman 1912

,
,
”
.
(
50xford James Parker and Company 1904

,
).
(
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
PREFACE . . . . .
CHAPTER
I . INTRODUCTORY . . . . . .
Views Concerning the Side -Entrances Expressed in
Certain Books . . . . .
Views Concerning the Side -Entrances Expressed in
Certain Annotated Editions of Plays of Plautus

and Terence . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .
Views Concerning the Side - Entrances Expressed in
Certain Articles in Learned Periodicals . . . . . . . . . . 8
Local Topographical Conditions and the Theater at

Rome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The Greco - Roman Stage and its Conventions . . . . .
The Purpose of this Study . . . . . . .
II. STAGE -SETTINGS IN PLAUTUS AND
TERENCE . . ..........
III. ANGIPORTUM , POSTICUM , HORTI . . . . . . . . .
IV . THE USE OF FORUM , RUS , AND PORTUS , IN
THE PLAYS . . . . .
V . FIRST ENTRANCES AT OPENING OF PLAYS
OF PLAUTUS AND TERENCE . .. ..... .. ..

VI . THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE SIDE
ENTRANCES .
VII . INTERVALS AND INTERLUDES . . . .
VIII . THE VATICAN MINIATURES OF THE
PHORMIO
1 7 .. . . . . . . . . . . .
IX . ACTION OFF STAGE . .
1 . General Remarks . . . . . .
2. The Port . . ... .. .. 128
3. The Country ... .. .. ..

4. The Forum . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
5. The Town , in General. . . . . . 134
6 . The Temples . . . 136
7 . Angiportum , Posticum , Horti .

8 . Houses Fronting on the Stage .. . . . 143
CONCLUSION . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
vii
CHAPTER I
INTRODUCTORY
In real sense the history of the drama and of the

a very
theater at Rome is a continuation of the history of the drama
and of the theater in Greece , especially at Athens . That con
tinuation involved changes , of course ; here and elsewhere
the Romans modified and made their own what they borrowed
from the Greeks. Therefore I can best begin this dissertation
by setting forth the orthodox view concerning the significance
of the side - entrances and exits in the Greek theater . That
orthodox view is well given by Professor Roy C . Flickinger in
his book , The Greek Theater and its Drama . He discusses
the influence exerted upon the drama in Greece by festival
arrangements ( 196 – 220 ) and by physical or topographical
conditions ( 221 – 245 , 246 – 267 ) . On the use of masks he remarks
(223 ) that “ the Greeks characteristically turned the limitation
They turned to good account ,
too
to good account . . ." the
,
physical topographical conditions which forced limitations
or
of
upon the staging the plays On page 208 Professor Flickinger

.
of
remarks that the period the New Comedy saw at

arodus
of
the rise the convention that the side entrance

)
or -
(p
the spectators right led the harbor the market place and
to
'
at
that their left into the country since the scene was regularly
,
placed Athens and since these were the actual topographical

in
relationships the Athenian theater

in
.
.
.
.
he
On pages 233 234 writes

-
As the spectator sat the south slope the Acropolis

on
at
of
.
.
.
Athens with the orchestra and scene uildings before him

,
,
-b
the harbor the Piraeus and the market place lay toward his
of
right and the open country

on
his left
In
such case there

a
.
.
.
.
at
the beginning convention the plays simply reacted

no
was
,
actual local conditions But with increasing frequency

to
.
.
.
.
Athens became the imaginary scene

of
comedies and the rela

,
tionships which had become fixed rule for them were trans
a
ferred tragedy also and soon other theaters whose setting

to
to
,
Dionysus
. or
no
of of
of
bore little resemblance that the theater

to
Eleuthereus Certainly by the time New Comedy the con

vention was firmly established and except for characters
,
by
its
The Greek Theater and Dramas Roy Flickinger The Univer

,
C
6
sity Chicago Press

of
1926
,
).
1
Exits and Entrances in Roman Comedy
leaving or entering the houses in the background almost every

exit or entrance was oriented for the audience with reference
to country , harbor , or market place . When Greek comedy
was transplanted to Italian soil the convention was taken over ,
and reappears , possibly with some modification , in the plays of
Plautus and Terence .
In this dissertation I am attempting to find what , if any ,

modifications of this convention were made at Rome. I hope
to do this by a study of the surviving plays with reference to
84116 .
their staging
I have suggested (see the Preface , opening sentence) that
there is need of such a discussion as is presented in this disserta
tion . All too statements concerning the significance of
often
the side -entrances on the Roman stage are vague and indefinite .
No one has made a really exhaustive study of the plays , with
reference to stage -setting , movements of characters , possible
intervals and interludes , in order to determine exactly how such
theory as he held concerning the significance of side - entrances ,
etc ., would work out in the practical performance of the plays .
all
Nowhere can the student find a full presentation of the
different kinds which bears upon the question
of
evidence
,
.
The grounds the preceding
on
which base the statements

in
I
by
paragraph shall now indicate brief citations from books
,
I
of
plays
of
from annotated editions Plautus and Terence and

certain learned periodicals which phases ,
of
from articles
in
in
the subject discussed this dissertation have been treated

in
These citations typical character will show how unsatis .

in
of of ,
factory most these treatments have been and how much

,
even the best them left untouched

.
VIEWS CONCERNING THE SIDE ENTRANCES EXPRESSED

-
IN
CERTAIN BOOKS
the views concerning the significance

of
shall quote first

I
the side entrances the Greek and the Roman theater that
in
-
are expressed certain books importance that deal either

of
in
formally incidentally
with this subject shall give first
or
, ,
, I
.
quotations several writers who have

from their books
in
dealt with the significance

of
the side entrances the Greek

in
-
of by
theater then shall present expressions writers who have

;
,
, I
their books dealt with the significance the side entrances

in in
the Roman theater

.
Introductory
A . E . Haigh writes thus? :

. . . The theatre at Athens was situated in such a position that
the western side looked towards the city and the harbour, the
eastern side towards the open country . In consequence of this
fact the side -entrances upon the Athenian stage came to acquire
a peculiar significance . If a man entered by the western side ,
it was understood that he was coming from the city where the
scene of the action was laid , or from the immediate neighbour
hood ; or else that he had arrived from distant parts by sea ,
and was coming from the harbour. The eastern entrance was
reserved for people who had journeyed from a distance by
land . . . . It is obvious that at Athens , where play -bills were
unknown , a conventional arrangement of this kind would be of
great assistance to the audience , and would enable them to
follow the action of the piece with greater ease and intelligence
than they could otherwise have done . The custom originated
in the topographical situation of the Athenian theatre , but
all
was afterwards adopted in other Greek theatres and became
,
conventional rule the Greek stage The entrances
to
of
the
a
right the audience were used by persons from the neighbour

of
hood the entrances the left by persons from distance

to
;
.
the volume entitled Companion Greek Studies we
to
In
,
A
pages
on
find this statement 419 420

,
These side entrances had both for actors and chorus

,
,
a
-
.
.
.
conventional meaning derived from the position the theatre

of
at
Athens those entering from the west

on
the actors left

,
,
;
'
were supposed come from the city harbour those from

or
to
the east the actors right from the country Where this
,
.
'
right
as
statement left made from the

or
to
reversed
is
is
it
,
spectators point
of
view
'
.
.
.
, A, .
the companion volume Companion

In
Latin Studies
to
far the use the side nothing

as
of
on
there can find

in so
is
,
entrances the theaters at Rome

.
of
of
The latest manual intended for the use the student the
ancient stage volume by Professor James Turney Allen
is
a
).
106
Professor Allen writes

(
)
:
by
The Attic Theatre Third Edition Pickard Cambridge

W
,
,
A
?
-
.
.
194 195 Oxford At the Clarendon Press 1907

8A –
,
:
(
)
.
Companion Greek Studies Edited by Leonard Whibley Cam

to
“,
bridge At the University Press 1931

,
.
:
Companion Latin Studies8 Edited by Sir John Edwin Sandys

°A
to
, ,
Cambridge At the University Press 1925

.
:
(
10Stage Antiquities
of
the Greeks and Romans and their Influence

York Longmans Green and Company 1927 This volume
of
New
is
a
,
,
(
the Our Debt Greece and Rome

to
series entitled
)
.
The entrances at the sides , the parodi of the Menandrian

theatre , the doors at the ends of the stage in the Roman theatre ,
are said to have had a conventional significance . The ancient
notices regarding the convention are confused and in part
corrupt , so that the details are not entirely clear . But it is
usually stated in the following form : the entrance on the left
of the actor was supposed to lead to the centre of the city ( the
market -place or forum ) , or to the city as a whole in case the
setting was rural ; that on the right, to the harbor or the country .
According to another interpretation the city and the harbor
both lay in the same direction . Whatever the truth in the mat
ter , the convention originated at Athens and arose from the
situation of the theatre of Dionysus . . . .
This non -committal statement leaves the question entirely

open .
The work entitled The New Greek Comedy , by Ph . F .
Legrand " , is even more vague . Referring to the movements
of Lyconides's slave in the Aulularia , Legrand says ( 364 - 365 ) :
. . . Moreover , when he leaves the stage at line 681 he is about
to leave town ; when he returns at line 808 he comes from town .
Now it seems that , in order to leave town , the actors went out
through one of the parodoi , and that they came in through the
other when they returned from town . . . .
This pronouncement , too , makes no attempt at a definite

statement of the significance of the convention . The state
ment which is given is sharply at variance with the views put
forth by others , and , as will be seen presently in this disserta
tion , with the facts .
VIEWS CONCERNING THE SIDE - ENTRANCES EXPRESSED IN CERTAIN
ANNOTATED EDITIONS OF PLAYS OF PLAUTUS AND TERENCE
The annotated editions of various plays of Plautus and

Terence often state that in the Roman theater the side - entrance
on the spectators right '
led
to
the market place and the center

-
the city foreign parts

of
on
that their left the harbor and

to
to
,
any evidence presented support

of
Little such state

if
is
in
,
Some editors give little nothing the subject

or
of
on
ments
.
the
the stage the staging the plays

of
of
and movements the

,
,do
characters Those editors who discuss these matters are

.
by
by
The New Greek Comedy Legrand

11
Ph
Translated James Loeb

,
. ,
F
.
.
London William Heinemann New York Putnam Sons 1917

,
,
G
,
P
(
's
)
.
.
Introductory
not always consistent in their use of the terms referring to direc

tions to and from the stage ; they employ ' right' and ' left '
now from the of the actors , now from that of the
point of view
spectators . Nor stage -directions for the sep
are their specific
arate scenes always in harmony with their own general state
ments in regard to the staging .
Aug. 0 . Fr. Lorenz , in his edition of the Mostellaria !2, says
( in the Einleitung , 4 ) :
. . . Nach ganz bestimmten Winken , die Plautus selbst giebt

Men . 555 sq . und Amph . 333 , bildete die Thüröffnung rechts
vom Schauspieler den Eingang vom oder Ausgang zum Ha
fen, während die links von ihm befindliche von denjenigen
benutzt wurde , die in die Stadt hinein (auf den Markt )
oder a ufs Land hinaus gingen oder von beiden Orten
nach Hause zurückkehrten . . .
. P . Morris , in
his
the Captives and Trinummus

, of
E edition
The opening
of
Plautus13 states Introduction xxxv that

,
.
.
.
(
the stage led toward the harbor and foreign

of
on
the left side

parts that the right toward the forum Wemay suppose
on
,
.
”
means the right and the left

he
the spectators but

of
that
it
,
is
not The stage directions are not carefully worked out
so
stated
.
by Professor Morris On page xxxvii referring the lodging

of
to
,
.
Lysiteles says
he
the Trinummus The entrance this

to
in
,
, f. “.
) .
.
lodging
as
some passages 1174 represented different

is
1079
in
' ,
(
of
from the front door Callicles house but 400 Lesbonicus

in
f.
appears through the front door such matters Plautus

In
is
.
frequently inconsistent
on
his note 401 Professor Morris

In
”
.
of
makes Lesbonicus come from the side street As matter

a
.
nothing the Trinummus that can prove

at of
fact there the text

is
in
definitely whether Lesbonicus this point comes through the

,
front door not

or
Fairclough the Andria14 says Introduc

of
his edition
in
,
,
H
(
, .
, lvi .
lvii far
as
as
tion The side walls did not extend the

),
“
-
, -
.
.
.
allowed exits that the spectators right being

on
scaenals and
so
'
Fr
Aug
13 12
Plauti Mostellaria Lorenz Berlin Weidmann 1883

O
?,
,
.
.
.
).
(
by
The Captives and Trinummus

of
Plautus Morris Boston

,
,
E
P
.
.
Ginn and Company 1898

,
).
.
14P
by
Terenti Afri Andria With Introduction and Notes Fair

,
H
R
.
.
.
clough Boston Allyn and Bacon 1901

,
,
)
.
(
15
not accurate for the side walls did extend

to
This statement the

is
scaena and were pierced by the doors used for exits

,
.
supposed to lead to the centre of the city , the opposite one to

the harbor and the country " . But his stage -directions are not
consistent , for , while on page 38 he states correctly that Chremes
leaves the stage to the right at 594 , to go to his home, in the stage
directions he gives at 739 (on page 48 ) he makes Davus with
draw to the right , and Chremes enter (returning from his
home) from the left .
Sidney G . Ashmore , in his edition of The Comedies of Ter
renceli , says ( 47 – 48 ) :
. . . At either end of the stage was an exit (or entrance ). That
on the right ( of the spectators ) was supposed to lead to the
forum ( á yopá ) and the center of the city ; that on the left, to
the harbour and the country . . . .
In the footnote on page 48 he writes :
See Hauler s ed . of Dziatzko s Phormio , p . 36 . According
' '
to another opinion , the harbour as well as the forum lay to the
right, the country to the left of the spectators . This view is
in accord with the best authenticated arrangement of the Greek
stage , as also with the actual topography ( of Athens ) as
seen from the remains of the theatre of Dionysus at Athens ;
see my edition of the Adelphoe , App . II
. . . .17 From the follow
ing passages , which cannot be discussed here for lack of space ,
the careful student may get valuable hints on this subject :
Plaut . Amph . 333 , Men . 551 ff . ( compared with 432 ff . ) , Ter .
And . 732 – 743 . The situation in the Rudens of Plautus , however ,
is widely different from that in any other Latin play .
Professor Ashmore states in Appendix (page 200 ) of his II

edition of the Adelphoe ( 1893) , referred to above , that he has
followed Dziatzko in the scene - setting . He continues thus :
. . . But Dziatzko here departs somewhat from the best authen
ticated arrangement of the Greek stage , in accordance with
which both the harbour and the city (forum ) lay to the right,
the country to the left , of the spectators . . . . .
Of course it is quite true that the actual topography at Athens
placed the city and the harbor to the right of the spectators ,
16P. Terenti Afri Comoediae , The Comedies of Terence , Edited , with
Introduction and Notes , by Sidney G . Ashmore (New York , Oxford Uni
versity Press , American Branch , 1908 ) . All
six
plays are presented with

,
annotations this volume

in
,
The Adelphoe Edited with Introduction Notes and Critical

17
Terence
,
, ,
by
Appendix Sidney Ashmore London and New York Macmillan

,
,
.
1898 reprint original edition

of
1893
,
)
.
Introductory
the country to the left , and that the Greek convention developed
from this situation , but
the statements of Professor Ashmore
do not take into consideration possible developments or modi
fications of the convention at Rome, nor does he attempt to
reconcile the passages from Plautus and Terence referred to
above with his statements about the convention .
The edition of the Phormio of Terence by Karl Dziatzko , as
revised by Edmund Hauler18 , has this statement , Allgemeine
Einleitung , 37 : “ . . . Rechts ( vom Zuschauerraume aus betrach
tet ) pflegte die Strasse nach dem Marktplatze und ins Innere
der Stadt, linksnach dem Hafen und in die Fremde zu führen " .
Hauler ' s presentation of the matter is discussed in the course of
a review of the Dziatzko -Hauler Phormio , entitled Notes on
Plautus and Terence , by Professor Charles Knapp , The Ameri
35 (1914 ), 13 – 31 :
see
can Journal of Philology pages
27
29
–
, .
see
Knapp
of
For statement Professor views pages
8
9
a
–
's
below
.
Plautus Sonnen
of
an
edition Rudens19 Professor

In
A
E
.
.
's
schein states Introduction that

xv
,
(
According the ordinary usage the Roman stage the

of
to
,
.
.
.
the spectators served for the entrance

of
door the left
to
of
persons from foreign parts peregre that the right

. of
the
to
,
of (
spectators for the entrance inhabitants the place

of
.
.
.
He explains and rightly too that the situation the Rudens

of
,
,
,
Of the
of
and that the Heautontimoroumenos are unusual

.
he
xv
Rudens says
,
(
)
seems probable that the door the spectators

its of
the left
to
it
.
.
.
was used by those coming from Cyrene

or
harbour
e
.
.
(i
peregre relation the inhabitants of this coast and that

to
to
in
)
,
by
the right those coming from the seashore

.
He gives page xvi

on
table which the exits and the entrances

in
a
are carefully and consistently

of
all the characters the Rudens

in
worked out and from my point correctly

of
view
,
18Ausgewählte des Terentius Afer zur Einführung

Komödien die
in
P
.
Lektüre Lustspiele Erklärt von Karl Dziatzko Erstes

der Altlateinischen
,
Bändchen Phormio Vierte Auflage Bearbeitet von Dr Edmund Hauler

,
Leipzig Teubner 1913

25
See note below

,
,
).
.
(
19T Macci Plauti Rudens Edited with Critical and Explanatory Notes
,
,
.
by Edward
At
Sonnenschein Editio Maior Oxford the Clarendon

,
A
.
:
(
Press 1891
,
)
.
Louis Havet , in a recent edition of the Captivi19a , writes thus

(Introduction , 21) :
Des deux coulisses situées aux extrémités de la scène , l'une , de
par la tradition , est censée conduire à la Place et l' autre au port ;
cette dernière , semble - t - il, est celle que le spectateur voit á
gauche . Vers le milieu de la scène, le décor du fond est coupé en
deux par une ruelle , la ruelle mediane ; celle -ci , dans la présente .
pièce , mène hors ville, chez l'affranchi CORDALE . . . . .
The editions referred to here are only a few of the many that
are available as containing like statements , but the passages
here quoted will serve to show clearly the variations and the
vagueness of statement in important annotated editions of
plays of Plautus and Terence .
VIEWS CONCERNING THE SIDE - ENTRANCES EXPRESSED IN

ARTICLES IN CERTAIN LEARNED PERIODICALS
The side - entrances have been discussed occasionally in articles

in various learned periodicals . The quantity of material of
this sort is very limited .
left
Albert Müller treated the subject of the right and side
the angiportum
an
entrances and also the use article
of
in
,
,
entitled Scenisches zur Römische Komödie Philologus
in
,
the first part

20
he
of
59 1900 the article discusses

In
),
9
–
.
(
the side entrances under the heading Rechts und

1
. -
.
"
Link He states that may be shown from Plautus

it
(9
s
)
”
dass Stadt und Hafen mit einer leicht erklär

“
lichen stets auf der nämlichen

Ausnahme Seite
des Schauplatzes liegend gedacht werden will
It
"
.
be seen that me this view seems utterly erroneous

to
see
,
the second part

, In
pages 150 151 below his article which

of
,
,
–
deals with the angiportum he assumes the use the angiportum

of
do
more freely than

I
.
Professor Charles Knapp discussed the subject paper

in
a
at
presented meeting Archaeologi

of
December 1909 the

in
,
a
cal Institute America This paper given abstract

of
is
in
in
.
Archaeology Second Series

88
89
American Journal
14
of
of ,
–
.
the Dziatzko Hauler edition

In
the Phormio
of
review
a
-
192
Plaute Les Prisonniers Établi Traduit par Louis Havet

et
et
Texte
,
Publié par Andrée Freté Louis Nougaret Paris Société Anonyme

et
.
(
Édition Les Belles Lettres 1932

d
,
“
'
"
-
)
.
Introductory
see
of Terence ( published
18
note above review The
in
,
),
35 a
by31
American Journal Philology
12
Professor
of
),
,
1914
–
Knapp criticized the discussion this subject Dziatzko
of
Hauler see page above He condemned that discussion
7
,
).
(
as
inadequate because accepted uncritically Vitruvius
,
it
(1
)
's
see page the account Miss
10
statement
of
below
in
,
,
(5
.6
.8
:
at
Rambo article about the side entrances without seeing
),
,
's
-
all
how limited the information which Vitruvius gives
,
is
(2
)
to
of
because Hauler failed cite some the available evidence
by
that afforded Terence Andria 721 742 and that afford

.g
,
ed e
(
-
.
by
Lorenz the Introductions his editions Plautus
to
of
in
,
,
Mostellaria and Miles Gloriosus
From Terence Andria 721
,
,
).
742 Professor Knapp deduced the conclusion that motion
a
“
dextera which brought Davus from the forum motion from
is
,
,
the right the spectators Professor Knapp
of
discussion
is
's
.
"
helpful attempt
he
no
goes but treat the

so
far makes
as
to
it
,
subject exhaustively course there was review no space

of
in
,
,
a
(
may be noted that
he
an
It
for such exhaustive discussion was

).
fully and clearly the im

as
the first far

to
so
know show
,
,
, I
portance the subject

of
Terence Andria 721 742 students

to
of
-
this dissertation Lorenz see page above better than

of
),
5
(
of .
an
any other author play

of
of
annotated edition Plautus

a
did
Terence discussed our subject But he not refer

or
to
,
Terence Andria 721 742 Professor Ashmore see page

,
,
6
-
(
he
above refers the passage Terence but does not discuss

to
in
it
,
)
Professor Kelley Rees article entitled The Significance

an
in
,
of
the Parodoi the Greek Theater The American Journal

32 in
in
,
Philology the literary and

of
1911 377 402 discussed

),
,
(
archaeological evidence for the use

of
the parodoi the Greek

in
periods different types

at
of
theater different and Greek

in
,
up
drama The last section this paper takes

IV
398 402
of
(
)
.
the matter with reference the New Comedy and the existing
to
On
fragments this which bear upon the use the parodoi

of
of
page 400 Mr Rees says

of
The comedies Plautus and Terence

“
:
.
us
give the best proofs for the existence

of
convention and the

In he a
its
sphere operation
of
However does not determine

,
."
.
.
exactly the operation this convention the footnote the

to
of
paragraph
by he
quoted makes this statement

:
do
not mean this that subscribe the view that

to
I
the Athenian convention was taken over by the Roman stage

.
10 Exits and Entrances in Roman Comedy
It seems not improbable that Plautus and Terence are simply

translating the convenient dramatic motives offered by the
terms forum , harbor , country , etc ., as found in the Greek origi
nals , without attempting to preserve their theatrical signifi
cance in the production of the Roman comedies . This may be
inferred from the apparent confusion in the use of ‘right and
‘left ' . For example , in the Rudens the barren shore ( or country )
is on the actor 's right (see v . 156 ) hac ad dexteram ; viden
secundum litus ; the city and the country on the left , see p . 401
below . In the Amphitruo the harbor is on the actor ' s right .
Mercury who
sic
Sosias ( enters from the harbor 333
' ,
,
v
.
.
!
)
facing the audience says Sosias arrival hinc enim dextra
on
is
. , ,
:
ut
vox aures videtur verberat the Andria the forum
is
In
,
.
on the actor right
19
Thus the situation the Andria
iv
in
3
's
.
(
)
and Amphitruo different from that the Rudens the
in
in
is
;
as
the case
on
latter the harbor and forum are the actor left
is
,
's
the Greek theater
in
On page 401 Mr Rees writes thus

:
.
may be
stated as matter upon which all are agreed that
It
a
.
.
.
all the dramas Plautus and Terence except the Rudens

of
of
in
and Heauton no difficulty encountered by assuming that the

,
is
,
on
or
side which person should enter depart was regulated

,
,
a
by
fixed convention
.
..
.
Discussing detail setting
of
then 401 403 the these
in
,
),
(
two plays Mr the Rudens says

of
Rees speaking first 401

,
–
.
402
)
:
perfectly clear that the city and harbor are

on
one side
It
of
is
the scene the seashore and open country

on
the other The situa

,
the Heautontimoroumenos similar that the Rudens

to
tion
is
in
in
.
The scene laid the country near Athens before the houses
in
is
But the highway leads

of
Chremes and Menedemus one

in
.
direction the city and harbor and the other into the
to
in
,
country
.
en
Miss the the

of
Eleanor Rambo discussed use side

F
-
.
article entitled The Signifi

an
of
trances and the angiportum

in in
,
the Wing Entrances Roman Comedy Classical

of
cance
in
,
-
On
Philology page 430 she concludes her

10
411 431 1915

),
.
(
We
of
discussion the
side entrances with this statement
:
-
have then total twenty plays out twenty vindicating

six
of
of
,
,
a
the Vitruvian tradition una

to
foro altera peregre which

,
,
a
partial statement we add that the first entrance the

on
. is
the spectator left

on
spectator right the second On the

, ,
”
's
's
page 431
on
exit rus she says

:
Introductory
Rus , then , is reached , not by the exit peregre , but by one of

the exits ad forum , either the right wing or the angi portum .
The balance of evidence is in favor of the right wing ; but for
the most part the difference is immaterial . A real homo agrestis
is always labelled by his dress , and , furthermore , all persons
going rus or coming rure announce the fact , so that no confusion
is possible .
The footnote reads : “ Except possibly in plays needing no real

peregre entrance ; see p . 417 , note ” . On page 417 are two notes
referring to the Aulularia . In the first Miss Rambo says :
There possibility that the exit extra murum is the exit rus ;
is a
but extra murum in this play stands in place of extra portam
in other plays , and as it is the only non -local relation involved ,
I call it peregre . . . . .
In the second footnote Miss Rambo , referring to her statement

in her text on this page concerning the Aulularia , " . . . the exit
peregre is opposite that a foro ?” , says ,
This statement is to be read with the broad interpretation of

peregre . The conclusion means merely that the place of non
local interests is not reached by the exit to the place of local
interests (forum ) . This interpretation covers the possibility
that extra murum is rus.
It will be that these statements by Miss Rambo are
seen
greatly positiveness and in clearness . My own
lacking in
studies have led me to a different conclusion concerning the

150
exit rus : see pages 104 , 105 , and 151 below196

,
The quotations that have given above from books from

,
I
plays
of
of
annotated editions Plautus and Terence and from

,
articles various learned periodicals show clearly that there

as in
has not yet been thorough oing and exhaustive discussion

a
-g
to on
19b1 make here some other comments Miss Rambo

article Miss
's
.
of of go
Rambo does indeed through the plays determine the stage settings
,
, -
But her examination this subject less thorough than mine and her
is
points stage etting are less detailed than mine

of
discussions About
.
-s
not always agree with Miss Rambo For in

I of
do
details stage setting

I
.
-
am
to
the Poenulus the Temple

of
stance unable see how Venus

in
,
,
of
as
be set
the middle the stage Miss Rambo does that
to
hold
in
is
,
I
.
urbe and peregre are opposite each other but the argu
ab
the entrances
,
my views are
on
ments which base some respects different from hers

in
.
I
do
of
Miss Rambo assumes oftener than the use the angiportum She
.
I
via
go
actor might
an
do
thinks that rus the angiportum 481 not accept

(
I
).
this view
.
of the significance of the side-entrances in the Roman theater .
all
No one has as yet assembled the evidence Indeed authors
,
.
of
of
of
books and manuals and authors annotated editions
plays Plautus and Terence had very little evidence before
them of
Further clear enough that such authors and editors
it
is
,
.
of
had made no real examination
as
such evidence was available
all
long ago
as
as
of
1883 Lorenz had listed some bits evidence
,
(
very important but this was largely wholly ignored Even
or
,
).
the subject that are be found
to
of
the few discussions the
in
learned periodicals are lacking present
or
exhaustiveness
,
in
conclusions that seem me erroneous There abundant
to
is
.
this dis
as
therefore for such dissertation this
In
room
,
.
sertation all the evidence presented
of
Several avenues
is
.
approach the problem are explored for the first time see the
to
(
statement given pages concerning the purpose
18
19
on
below
of ,
,
–
the study
of
and the method which this dissertation the
is
the basis
on
outcome The conclusions reached this exhaus
of
)
.
tive study are some respects different from those which

in
,
have been more current See the statements given

or
less
in
, .
the Conclusion pages 150 151 below

.
(
)
–
AT
LOCAL TOPOGRAPHICAL CONDITIONS AND THE THEATER ROME
Though local topographical conditions determined the
of
significance the side entrances Athens and though local

at
a
-
usage thus determined by special topographical phenomena in

for
one Greek city became conventionalized the Greek stage

all Greek cities the same thing can hardly have been true
in
Rome However for lack evidence we cannot discuss the

at
of
,
,
.
topographical setting the earliest dramatic productions

of
in
as As
Rome Professor Catharine Saunders has shown20 such

,
.
too slight
we have basis for satis
as
evidence serve
to
is
factory study the topographical conditions under which

of
the plays were first produced Rome

at
But we may after all sure that the local landscape

be
Rome
at
could not have had the same effect upon the staging plays
of
at
as
Rome the local landscape had Athens the first

In
in
place Terence were Greek

of
the comedies Plautus and

in
,
20See her paper The Site

of
Dramatic Performances Rome the

at
in
,
the American Philological

of
Time Plautus and Terence Transactions

of
., ,
44
87
97
Association 1913
),
–
(
Introductory 13
origin , the scene of these plays was laid in Greece , the actors in
them ,
dressed in Greek costume ( they were , especially at first ,
actually Greeks ), were presenting plays dealing with Greek life
and manners , and the geographical and topographical references
were in the main Greek21 . The actual situation of the produc
tion , the direction in which the Forum Romanum and the
harbor at Ostia , for instance , lay with reference to the place of
presentation could not matter to an audience required to
imagine itself looking upon a street Thebes, in Epidamnus ,
in
or, the case ,

as was oftenest in Athens (Flickinger , 207 – 208 ) .
The three great permanent theaters in the Rome of later times
were all in the Campus Martius , but they had different orienta
tions . In any event the great stone cavea and the monumental
scaena of the permanent Roman theaters , such as the
Theater of Pompey or the Theater of Marcellus , would pre
vent any intrusive consciousness of the actual physical
surroundings .
At Rome, then , the significance of the side - entrances would
be purely conventional . Instead of a natural use of actual
topographical conditions in which theater , plays , and con
ventions developed together gradually , as they did at Athens ,
we have at Rome theater , plays , and conventions suddenly
transplanted , full grown , from Greece to Rome for the amuse - - -
ment of an alien people, whose own native dramatic per
formances were far simpler and of very different types . The
sooner the conventions of the Greek theater were established
for Roman audiences , the more quickly , we may be sure , the
plays based on Greek originals could be followed and under
stood by Roman audiences . The restless audience , out of
doors at a public festival ,must have its interest caught promptly
and its attention held closely .
The conventions of the Attic theater , transplanted to the
Roman theater , worked to the advantage of the Roman play
wright - so soon as they could be understood . Neither in Greece
nor at Rome were there playbills to state the scene and to list
the characters . To be sure , the lack of variety in the stage - - -
settings helped to prevent confusion . Changes in scene were
21For a full discussion of the topography of the plays see Professor Charles
Knapp 's study , Travel in Ancient Times as seen in Plautus and Terence ,
Classical Philology 2 ( 1907 ), 1– 24, 281 - 304 .
few ; such changes were not desired . The characters were of

types easily understood .
dress of
The costumes22 _ Greek
everyday life — helped to mark and distinguish types ( Flick
inger , 213 ), as costumes still do on the modern stage . If the
- play was of an unusual type or had an unusual setting , the
playwright must tell the audience carefully just what to expect .
This is done , for instance , in the prologues of Plautus's Am
phitruo, Captivi, Menaechmi, and Rudens .
All these conventions helped authors , managers , and actors
in their task of presenting the play effectively to the Roman
audiences that the magistrates in charge of the games were
bent on propitiating, that is , amusing . How hard it could be
to hold such an audience Terence tells in the prologue to his
Hecyra , 29 – 42 ; this prologue , be it remembered , was written
in connection with the third attempt to produce this play .
Most of Plautus's plays have prologues to give the audience
any necessary information about the scene , the type of the
play , or the relationships of the characters to one another .
Whether the prologues as we find them are , or are not, the
for
original versions done by Plautus himself does not matter
our purpose At any rate they were surely used with acting
.
the plays before actual audiences The repetitions

of
versions
, .
prologue Captivi
or to
the the for instance whether they are

in
due one two three writers23 testify the anxiety the of

to
to
,
poet and perhaps also producer make the plot easily

of
the
to
comprehensible When Terence wrote he could use his pro

,
.
logues for other purposes and could trust the audience gather
to
all
from the opening scene that needed for the understanding

it
of
the plot but must be admitted that his plays

do
not
six
,
it
as
range plot and character make

to
show such scene

in
,
a
understanding difficult By Cicero time the audiences were

's
.
well trained that the Romans could apply verses well

so
from
as
.C as
known plays personal allusions prominent men Cicero

to
July Ad
3 us
59
himself tells letter Atticus

to
in
in
), ,
of ,
B
a
(
( .
19
Atticum and his oration defence Sestius

in
118
in
2
.
.
–
22
Professor Catharine Saunders Costume Roman Comedy Colum

in
in
,
bia University Press 1909 has assembled and discussed the available
,
),
evidence concerning costumes worn the Roman comedies the times

of
in
in
Plautus and Terence

.
23Seethe note by Professor Captivi

68
on
Morris the work named

in
,
E
P
.
.
13
note above
in
.
Introductory
123) . This would have been impossible in the early days of

dramatic performances at Rome24 .
THE GRECO -ROMAN STAGE AND ITS CONVENTIONS
The stage of the Hellenistic comedies showed a street before

one, two, or three houses , which had practicable doors . A temple
might appear instead of one of the houses . An alley or passage
(angi portum ) was supposed to lead back from the street between
two houses . Side -entrances on the left and on the right per
mitted the actors to enter or to leave as if they were coming
or going along the street . Vitruvius refers ( 5 . 6 . 8) to these
entrances as versurae ( = parodoi ) quae efficiunt , una a foro , altera
, aditus , but he
all
a peregre does not tell at
in scaenam which one
leads which This then we must attempt
direction25
to
in
,
.
by
the study the surviving plays the twenty

of
of
establish
,
Terence At any rate the Roman drama
of of
Plautus and the six

.
tist had five means entrance and exit for his characters
or
,
.
as
we add the
six
rather angiportum we must these were

if
;
,
as ,
fixed number and position above for all

stated
is
in
in
,
the individual plays and for all plays The modern
of
scenes
.
dramatist with his wide variety scenes and with all the
of
resources modern staging nevertheless does not find easy

of
it
manage and motivate his entrances26

to
to
, .
an
Further another convention established itself under

in
,
standing between author and audience that character who

a
be
he
leaves the stage may all

to
at
expected return returns

if
(
)
by
to he
through the entrance which left This limited the

.
dramatist but worked the advantage

of
of
course the
, ,
spectators who seeing character leave the stage knew where

,
,
a
of
24For fuller discussions the Roman theatrical audience Cicero

of
's
day see Frank Frost Abbott Society and Politics Ancient Rome 100 114
in
,
New Scribner
York 1909 Warren Wright Cicero and the Theater
,
, ,
, , ,
;
F
's
.
(
College Classical Studies No Charles Knapp

11
Smith 1931
,
2
9
;
.
-
References Plautus and Terence Plays Players and Playwrights

to
in
Classical Philology
14
35
55
48
50
1919 especially pages

),
,
–
.
35 , (
25See Charles Knapp

28 on
Notes Plautus and Terence The American

,
of
Journal Philology This article the work

of
1914 review
is
),
a
.
(
18
named note above

in
Flickinger
as
note
W
26See cited above 229 239 240

in
),
,
;
C
R
E
, .
.
.
.
(
Delcamp The Motivation Entrances Roman Comedy University

of
in
(a
Chicago dissertation published

of
abstract only
in
,
).
to look for him again . See , for instance , Pseudolus 1234 - 1235 .
There Ballio , leaving , says to the audience :
Nunc ne exspectetis dum hac domum redeam via ;
ita res gestast : angiporta haec certum est consectarier .
This convention , together with the limitations fixed upon the

use of the side-entrances , helped to place the movements of
the characters for the audience , and thus make the action
clearer . The dramatist must the more carefully plot all move
ments of his characters , always keeping this convention in
mind .
It was stated on page 13 , above, that the scene usually is a
street in a Greek city and that this city is most often Athens .
927
Plautus, in the prologue to the Menaechmi, 7 – says
,
Atque hoc poetae faciunt comoediis
in
:
omnis res gestas esse Athenis autumant
,
quo illud vobis Graecum videatur magis
.
.
.
.
.
neighborhood plays
of
Athens the scene for all
its
six
or
is
Terence Heautontimoroumenos
The exceptional being
in
is
.
city Athens country road were Menan

on
set outside
as
a
a
(
(
der Hero and Epitrepontes and before two farmhouses
),
's
, , .
Twelve plays Plautus are set Athens Asinaria Aulularia
of
in
,
, :
Bacchides Casina Epidicus Mercator Mostellaria Persa

, ,
, ,
,
Pseudolus Stichus Trinummus Truculentus When the scene
,
is
.
laid elsewhere than Athens the audience carefully informed

is
in
,
of
the following passages

as
of
that fact27a shown Plautus

is
in
,
:
Amphitruo Captivi
97
94
Haec urbs est Thebae nam Aetolia

;
59
ompare
24
93
haec est Cistellaria 190 Adulescens

;
,
,
.
.
.
.
)
(c
hic est Sicyoni compare 340 341 130 156 157 Curculio
;
,
.
.
, ..
(
)
–
Ibi me interrogat ecquem Epidauro Lyconem tarpezitam

in
Haec urbs Epidamnus est dum haec

72
noverim Menaechmi
;
agitur fabula Miles Gloriosus Hoc oppidum Ephesust

88
;
.
.
.
.
Calydonem commigravit hau diu

94
Poenulus huc
in
;
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
ompare
73
32
33
72
Rudens Primumdum huic esse nomen

)
;
–
–
(c
urbi Diphilus Cyrenas voluit The Rudens again excep

is
,
,
.
the seashore near Cyrene before

on
tional for the scene laid

is
,
Temple
of
the farmhouse Daemones and Venus

of
.
etc
27Compare Knapp Classical Philology

21
Travel see note

,
,
.,
,
2
2
.
(
above
.)
27a
Compare Flickinger
as
cited note above 207 208

in
),
,
6
.
(
Introductory
All action before the audience must take place on the street
represented by the stage . Anything done elsewhere in the
course of the play , in house or in temple , at the port , in the
country ( except in the Heauton , of course ), in the town ,
etc
all .,
be
of off
takes place stage and must reported
to
at
count
it
is
,
if
the action the play This matter will be discussed Chap
in
in
.
by
ter Modern critics and students are often troubled the
IX
.
calmness with which the personages ancient drama comic
of
,
and tragic both discuss their most private affairs upon public
,
a
called studio apartment
so
street Since have lived
in
in
,
a
I
-
.
or
which all rooms communicate directly indirectly with the
large two story living room the rooms Greek Roman
or
as
in
,
a
-
house communicated directly with the atrium with the
or
as
peristyle and which the ancient house inner doors

in
in
,
,
are few can better understand the conditions daily life
in
,
I
see
that underlay this convention ancient drama Flickinger
in
,
any (
237 243 such houses remarks made one room may
In
in
–
.
)
be heard and often unexpectedly answered almost

—
from
-
any other room Further Athens and Rome men were

in
in
,
.
much out
of
doors and the street afforded them some

in
,
respects more privacy than was afforded by their houses

,
theory demand .
an
of
The difficulties certain scenes that

in
by
setting but the stage setting are

of
interior the necessities

-
forced out upon the street are discussed by Professor Flickinger28

of .
the stage naturally

of on
The houses shown are the abodes

the chief characters the play The sooner the personages
.
any with the house

of
the drama establish their connection

if
,
stage the sooner the audience will

on
houses shown the

or
understand the relationships

of
one another the members

to
any
of
given household often

as of
The head such household

is
a
.
but may
be
est senex matrona for instance Sostrata

in
,
,
,
,
a
a
of
the Adelphoe widowed But

of
Terence she course

is
;
a
.
meretrix may live next door family

or
to
leno respectable
a
Names are not always given immediately29 The usual types

.
character can be recognized and identified by the spectators

of
or
before the names are given understood Indeed the

in
,
.
Casina the senex whose name given our list characters

of
in
is
,
as
28See Flickinger cited note above 237 242

in
),
6
, (
29See Flickinger 208 209

–
.
as Lysidamus is never mentioned by name at all ,

or addressed
but the audience could have no difficulty in recognizing his
type , in identifying him with his house and his household , and
in following his course throughout the action of the play .
On the basis of the preceding pages ( 1 - 18 ) I shall restate
here more clearly and more fully the purpose of this disserta
tion . That statement will also give some indication of the
methods employed in the study and of the kinds of evidence
to which appeal is made .
THE PURPOSE OF THIS STUDY
I purpose , then , to make a detailed study of the possible stage

management of the plays , in order
( 1 ) To determine the number of houses , or other buildings ,
needed for the staging of each play , and the exact location of
each house or building with reference to the rest of the stage
setting and to the side -entrances , whenever that can be deter
mined :
(2 ) To show whether angi portum , posticum , etc . , are needed
for a given play and how they are used in that play ;
(3 ) To show whether the action of the play requires move
ment of the characters to and from forum , port , or country ,
and consequently to determine the side -entrances or other
, etc., ,
etc
exits which lead to forum or from forum

.;
possible
To
whenever from what exits the

is
show
it
,
,
4
(
)
opening characters appear

;
Taking the plays which there are found any definite

in
5
(
)
right left with special reference

of
indications direction
or
to
,
the side entrances

byto
show
, ,
-
study all movements

of
of
possible detailed the

if
(a
)
plays
of
characters those the exact use the side entrances

in
in
,
those plays
,
study similarly the other plays

of
the light the

to
in
(b
)
an
of
tentative conclusions drawn from examination this first

group thus testing these conclusions for all plays and pos
,
,
if
establishing exactly the nature the convention which

of
sible
,
on
of
controlled the use the side entrances the Roman stage

;
-
study
To
connection with the entrances and the exits

in
,
6
(
)
or
the plays where pause

an of
the characters those places

,
in
be required
to
interlude between scenes seems

;
Introductory
( 7) To study the miniatures illustrating the Phormio of

Terence in a manuscript of that play (Vatican Manuscript
3828 ) , to determine how far the positions of the figures in these
miniatures conform of the use of the side- entrances
to the theory
as established by the study of the play , checked by study of
all
the other plays
;
off
give the action taking place
an
of
To
account stage
(8
)
.
Throughout study
be
this understood that the terms
to
is
it
left and right with the corresponding symbols and are
',
,
R
'
'
'
L
the point the spectators
of
used view
of
from
.
CHAPTER II
-
STAGE -SETTINGS
STAGE SETTINGS
IN PLAUTUS AND TERENCE
To make complete study of the movements of the characters

a
in a given play it is necessary to have the exact setting of that

play in mind . One needs to place the buildings required for the
setting of each play correctly with reference to one another and
to the side -entrances .
The Amphitruo requires only one building , the palace of
Amphitruo . This corresponds to the palace of tragedy (this
play is a tragicomoedia : see 59 –63 ). Compare 97 – 98 :
est
Haec urbs Thebae illisce habitat aedibus
In
Amphitruo
.
.
.
.
.
Plautus usually
by
by
Aedes the way the word which
of is
,
designates the houses the plays30

.
The Captivi the only other play which requires only one
is
that Hegio senex Senex qui hic habitat

of
house The house

is
.
.
Hegio est huiius pater states the Prologist and Ergasilus
,
),
(4
parasitus announces the fact again
94
96
(
)
:
–
nam Aetolia illi est captus

haec est Alide
in
,
(
)
Philopolemus huius Hegionis filius

,
senis qui hic habitat

.
.
.
.
ten plays
of
of
Two houses are needed each Plautus and

in
in
three the plays Terence
of
of
The Asinaria requires two houses At

to of 16
Libanus servos and

.
as
Demaenetus senex come from the house Demaenetus

is
,
shown by Libanus reference 362 366 their conversation

in
's
ab
me hodie
16
aedibus
of
107 nam senex seduxit solum

sorsum
:
-
Cleaereta lena lives next door with her daughter Philae

,
.
.
..
iam
53
DE Equidem filius quod amet meus

52
nium scio
:
.
(
)
–
istanc meretricem proxumo Philaenium There nothing

is
e
show definite location for either house

to
Apollo
of
The Bacchides calls for two houses shrine

is
A
.
has nothing
at
do
mentioned 172 173 but with the action

to
of it
,
–
the play The opening the play lost but Bacchis goes
of
, ,
is
.
into her house taking her sister with her she says
at
108
;
,
Plautus Lodge Lexicon Plautinum

of
30For use aedes domus etc see

,
,
.,
,
's
Two volumes Leipzig Teubner 1901 1933

,
,
).
-
.
(
20
Stage - settings in Plautus and Terence
Sequere hac igitur me intro in lectum ut sedes lassitudinem .

The house of Mnesilochus's father Nicobulus next door to is
that of Bacchis , as is shown by
204
206
for
Pistoclerus says
,
-
204 that Bacchis lives Hic exeuntem me unde aspexisti modo
.
(
Upon this the slave Chrysalus remarks 205 206 Ut istuc est
),
(
–
As
lepidum Proxumae viciniae habitat Chrysalus enters
!
.
the port the Piraeus compare 235 238
he
from sees first
,
(
)
:
–
at
he
Apollo sight
of
of
the shrine which exclaims 172 173
,
),
(
–
Saluto vicine Apollo qui aedibus propinquos nostris accolis
te
,
meets Pistoclerus coming from Bacchis

he
Since house
's
.
at .
.
.
ompare 204 and since has been said her house

as
179
),
,
(c
was next door his master house we may suppose Bacchis

to
,
's
's
be
the side entrance leading the port

to
to
house nearer
to
-
than was that Nicobulus Taking for granted for the

of
it
.
present that the port will be the left and the city
on
on
the
right the point the spectators we have then
of
: of
from view
,
,
this setting for the Bacchides
Apollo
of
Shrine House Bacchis House Nicobulus

of
of
R
L
for
The Casina calls two houses Lysidamus pointed

of
That
is
.
the prologue
35
out
36
in
-
(
)
:
hic maritus habitat est filius

ei
Senex
;
una patre illisce habitat aedibus

is
cum
in
His slaves Olympio

Chalinus come probably
and from this
,
,
of
at
the opening the play They certainly enter

), 89
house
it
(
)
.
Taedet tui
at
142 143 for Olympio says 142 abeo intro

,
(
–
), .
Te
sermonis this Chalinus answers 142 143 sequor

To
.
.
(
Hic quidem pol certo nil ages sine med arbitro At 144 Cleus
.
wife Lysidamus saying

of
trata comes from this house 144

,
145
)
:
Opsignate cellas referte anulum

ad
me
,
:
ad
ego huc transeo proxumum meam vicinam

in
.
at
She stops
to
talk her ancilla Pardalisca and 163 exclaims

to
Sed fori concrepuit atque eapse eccam egreditur Myrrina

,
'
!
166
At
herself coming from her house next door 165

is
434
).
(
Chalinus exclaims Attat Concedam huc audio aperiri

,
,
!
and draws back against the house wall

. to
fores eaves
,
-
, .
.
.
.
drop saying 443

ad
Recessim dabo me parietem Thus

),
(
of .
.
.
he
at
listens standing one side the conversation Lysidamus

to
,
,
and Olympio , who leave the stage without seeing him , Lysida
mus to go to Alcesimus 's house (502 - 503 ) , Olympio to go to
the market . Supposing still that the market is to the right of
the spectators , we conclude that the senes went to the right and
Chalinus stood at the left . Thus we have the following setting :
L Lysidamus's House Alcesimus 's House R
The Epidicus calls for two houses , those of Periphanes senex
and of Chaeribulus , adulescens , side by side . At 67a - 68a

Thesprio says , nam ille me votuit domum venire : ad Chaeri
bulum iussit huc in proxumum Epidicus comes . . . . At 181
from Chaeribulus 's house . At
his master : sed186 he sees
eccum ipsum ante aedis conspicor ( cum ) Apoecide . . . . Lindsay
186
his
he
text gives Apoecide but his critical note
on
in
in
,
cod
writes Apoecidae fort recte add Leo the
If
cum
,
.,
:
.
, .
.
..
“
”
the
genitive Apoecidae right reading

there are three here
is
not two the setting this play There nothing

of
houses
is
in
,
.
the play prevent Apoecides having house fronting
on in
to
from
a
the stage Epidicus starts toward his master pretending
,
.
the
he
So
that coming himself the city 195 200
is
from house
(
)
the side supposed
.
be
of
Chaeribulus must be nearer the

on
to
city Compare especially 196 198

:
.
utinam conveniam domi

.
.
.
Periphanem per omnem urbem quem defessus quaerere

sum
,
,
per medicinas per tostrinas gymnasio atque foro
in
in
,
.
.
.
.
We have then this setting

,
Port Periphanes House Apoecides House Chaeribulus

L
?
's
's
(
)
's
House City
R
of
The Menaechmi has the houses Menaechmus and the

I
The parasite Peniculus says

at
meretrix Erotium 108 109

,
,
.
Sed aperitur ostium Menaechmum eccum ipsum video pro

;
:
see
greditur foras Menaechmus going Erotium

to
173
is
)
.
:
ad
Nunc amicam deferetur hanc meretricem Erotium Compare

.
his
180
. at
words 179 Mane mane opsecro hercle eapse

,
,
–
eccam exit
.
.
.
at
leaves the stage having the

II
Menaechmus 558 tossed

,
garland the right the spectators

ad
of of
to
laevam manum
,
,
e
i.
.
as
false clue The parasite and the wife Menaechmus

a
I
.
Stage -settings in Plautus and Terence 23
come from the house of Menaechmus I at 559 and see the gar
land to the right of Erotium ' s door . Looking in that direction ,
they see Menaechmus I coming toward them ( 567) . He enters
at 571 , and delivers a long monody , of course not seeing the
waiting pair . Before encountering them he starts to Erotium ' s
house ( compare 601 , detuli huic Erotio ) , saying (603 ), Si sapiam ,
hinc intro abeam . . . .
The arrangement , then , in this play would be :
L House of Menaechmus I House of Erotium R
The Mercator has the houses of Demipho and of Lysimachus .

At 131 Acanthio servos , looking for Demipho ' s son Charinus ,
knocks at Demipho s door , calling , Aperite aliquis ! Ubi
'
'?
est
an
Charinust eru Domin foris At 271 Demipho says
,
?
272 Lysimachus
at
Sed conticiscam vicinus foras
it
nam eccum
;
,
be
comes out talking slave Demipho house should nearer
to
,
's
the port because Eutychus coming the house

at
of
842 from
,
his father Lysimachus 845 plans Charinus 857

to
search for
),
,
(
)
him
865 starting his journey

on
and calls back

at
sees him
,
866 867 Charinus had bidden sad farewell home and

to
at a
(
)
-
family city turning

go
ut to
and 830 841 and 864
is
865
, ),
, -
(
peregre with words

Invoco vos Lares viales
these me
,
bene tutetis He should be going He evidently does not

L
.
pass Eutychus who standing front the other house and

of
is
in
,
calls Charinus 871 huc respice revortere The setting

et
to
),
,
(
.
be
then should
,
Port Demipho Lysimachus

of
of
etc House House

,
L
City
R
The Miles Gloriosus has two houses with party wall

a
the household the soldier Pyrgopolini

of
Palaestrio slave
in
,
,
a
ces says 121 122

,
:
(
)
–
Hic postquam aedis me

ad
deduxit domum
se
in
video illam amicam erilem Athenis quae fuit

,
Palaestrio former master Pleusicles staying next door with

is
,
,
's
Periplectomenus 134 135

-
(
)
:
venit proxumo hic devortitur

et
et
Nam
is
in
apud suom paternum hospitem lepidum senem

,
.
.
.
.
Palaestrio has broken through the party wall (140 – 143 ):
Nam unum conclave , concubinae quod dedit

miles , quo nemo nisi eapse inferret pedem ,
in eo conclavi ego perfodi parietem
qua commeatus clam esset hinc huc mulieri . . . . .
The soldier 's house is at the right of that of Periplectomenus .

At 361 Sceledrus is watching Periplectomenus 's door . He
should be facing it , but he cannot do so if the audience is to
hear him speak ; hence he must be before it, facing out toward
the spectators , when
him
Philoco
at
Palaestrio calls to look
to
coming the soldier house Respicedum
ad
masium from 361
,
's
)
laevam quis illaec est mulier At 1216 1217 the two women
:
–
come from the other house MI Era eccum praesto militem
,
:
.
AC Ubi est MI Ad laevam AC Video The staging then
is
,
,
?
:
.
.
Port Periplectomenus House Pyrgopolinices House City
R
L
's
's
The Mostellaria has two houses that Theopropides before
of
,
,
of
at
which two slaves stage lively quarrel the opening the
a
play compare the opening

of
of
the Casina and that Simo next
),
(
door 662 664

(
)
:
–
TR
Quid ego nunc agam

.
ut
nisi vicinum hunc proxumum

in
*
*
eas emisse aedis huiius dicam filium

?
At 928 Theopropides says Tranio Nunc abi rus Tranio

to
, .
I ..
.
starts obediently 928 the proper direction left think31

in
-
(
but slips away through the angiportum when his master not
is
looking ompare 931 Nunc ego me illac per posticum

ad
:
. )
(c
he
congerrones conferam Or else goes off and around the

L
block At any rate he does not pass Theopropides door

,
.
's
where the advorsitores are waiting for Callidamates

he or
933
as ),
(
. as
he would encounter them exactly his master

so
soon
,
leaves Simo house encounters them The setting

,
is
:
's
Rus Simo Theopropides City

of
of
House House
R
L
Dordalus leno and that

of
of
The Persa has two houses that

,
Toxilus absent master Timarchides Toxilus probably leaves

's
He enters
at
52
his master He comes from

at
house
it
.1
's
.
at
at
parasite
81
the house
80
for the Saturio has said Sed

,
,
see
310n left think pages 104 105 below

,
,
“
.
"
Stage - settings in Plautus and Terence
aperiuntur aedes .. .., as Toxilus appears . At 400 Dordalus ,

referring to Toxilus , says , Quidnam esse acturum hunc dicam
vicinum meum . . . . ? There is a garden door leading to this
house , and apparently there is an angi portum between the two
houses ; compare 444 - 446 :
TO . Abi istac travorsis angiportis ad forum :
eadem istaec facite mulier ad me transeat
per hortum .
In 678 –679 Toxilus says , Per angiportum rusum te ad me

recipito illac per hortum . At 272 Paegnium leaves Dordalus ' s
house to go back to Toxilus , saying , Nunc domum propero .
Sagaristio , coming from town , calls him several times , finally
with the words (275 ), Scelerate , etiam respicis ? Probably ,
then , Dordalus 's house was nearer the town , and the arrange
ment would be :
L House of Timarchides House of Dordalus R
The Poenulus has two houses , that of Lycus leno , and that
of the young Agorastocles . The Prologist refers to the house of
Agorastocles (78 ), saying , Is illic adulescens habitat in illisce
aedibus . In 94 - 95 he refers to the house of Lycus , huc in Caly
diu
commigravit hau sui quaesti caussa illis

Is
donem
in
,
at .
habitat aedibus Lycus house

at
the left the actors

is
's
'
of .
right
of
that Agorastocles for 711 the latter

at
called
is
,
)
his own house 707 710 see Collybiscus

to
from and comes

),
(
with Lycus before the leno door compare 711 712

;
:
-
's
AG
Quid est Quid voltis testes ADV Specta

ad
dexteram
,
' .
Tuo servos aurum ipsi lenoni dabit

.
The setting then

,
,
is
:
Lycus House Agorastocles House

R
L
's
's
Terence certainly has two houses those

of
The Andria
of
,
Simo and Glycerium Possibly the house Charinus adules

of
of
.
be
the stage but that cannot proved

on
cens Simo comes

is
the town with caterer Sosia

libertus the cook and
or
),
from
a
the
sends into his house the slaves who are carrying food
.
Compare
28
29
Vos istaec intro auferte abite Sosia ades

—
,
,
:
.
–
paucis Of the other household Simo says

69
70
te
dum volo
),
(
:
–
.
Interea mulier quaedam abhinc triennium Andro commi

ex
26 . Exits and Entrances in Roman Comedy
gravit huc viciniae . . . . Simo 's house is nearer the forum , for
Simo's slave Davos pretends to come from the forum at 744
746 , having somehow got behind Chremes , to follow him on to
the stage, after getting the baby placed before his master 's
door ; compare the following excerpts from 722 –735 :
722 MY. ).
Quo portas puerum ?
(
724 - 725 DA . Accipe
a me hunc ocius
atque ante nostram ianuam adpone .
734 – 735 DA . Ego quoque hinc ab dextera
venire me adsimulabo . . . .
Davos is facing Mysis as he speaks , but he leaps away as he

sees Chremes coming from the right. Davos strolls on the
stage again at 745 , saying loudly , Quid turbaest apud forum !
Chremes says , at 740 - 742 : .
Revortor , postquam quae opu ' fuere ad nuptias
gnatae paravi, ut iubeam accersi . Sed quid hoc ?
Puer herclest .
He discovers the baby , then , before Simo 's house almost as

soon as he comes on the stage3la . While elapsed time is no sure
guide in the comedies , the following arrangement should make
possible good stage management :
L Port Glycerium 's House Simo 's House City R .
The Eunuchus has two houses , that of the father of Phaedria

and Chaerea , and that of Thais meretrix . Thais comes from her
house at 81 ; her appearance was announced by Parmeno servos
(79 ), Sed ecca (m ) ipsa egreditur . . . . Her lover Phaedria
and his slave Parmeno probably come from the other house
at the opening of the first scene, but the clearest reference to
its
the other house and location comes later The girl whom
.
Chaerea had been following turned he says 343 344 huc

,
,
(
)
–
.
.
.
hanc nostram plateam At 359 Chaerea says sed istam

in
,
.
Thaidem non scivi nobis vicinam Perhaps Thais house

is
.
's
farther from the town for Gnatho parasitus seems pass

to
,
Parmeno who front the other house he comes with

as
of
is
in
,
At 267 he says
as
the girl
he
Thais house and leaves again

to
At ,
's
Sed Parmenonem ante ostium Thaini tristem video

'
.
.
.
.
see
31aOn this whole passage Knapp The American Journal Philology

of
,
35
29
25
1914 compare note above

),
).
(
(
Stage - settings in Plautus and Terence 27
270 , 271 Gnathoaddresses Parmeno tauntingly . Entering

the house at 283 he asks , Numquem evocari hinc vis foras ?
Again , as Gnatho passes Parmeno on his way
, he
off
the scene
,
says 286 Etiamnunc hic stas Parmeno The setting then
tu
,
,
?
(
be )
should
:
Port Country Thais House Phaedria House City

,
R
L
's
's
The Adelphoe has the houses Micio Sostrata
of
26 of
and
.
Micio his stepping
to
at
seems come out from own house
at
out look for the absent Aeschinus compare his words
27 to
;
Non rediit hac nocte cena Aeschinus neque
26
Storax
,
a
–
servolorum quisquam qui advorsum ierant Aeschinus from
,
.
167 Abi prae strenue
ac
the street orders the door opened
at
,
:
fores aperi Sostrata and Canthara must come from the other
.
at
house when they enter 288 Though not stated definitely

it
is is
.
that they enter from that house this implied throughout

,
the scene At 486 487 Pamphila cries out within this house
,
–
.
by the men The gardens adjoin

on
and heard the

street
is
,
.
by
of
and are made connect the tearing down thewall between

to
as
them Demea orders 908 910

,
)
:
–
atque hanc horto maceriam iube dirui

in
quantum potest hac transfer unam fac domum

;
;
:
traduce
et
matrem familiam omnem ad nos

et
There nothing show how the houses were placed with

to
is
reference other and the side entrances incline

to to
to
each
,
I
-
put Micio the right thus giving more

at
however house
,
,
's
time for Geta cross the stage Sostrata

to
to
house and for

,
's
his long monody 299 320 Micio house quickly reached

in
is
,
's
–
from the side toward the forum when Aeschinus brings the girl
be
on
practicable arrangement then would

at
155 175
,
,
A
:
–
Rus Sostrata House Micio House City

R
L
's
's
sea
Cyrene near the

of
The Rudens located outside and

,
is
. of
has one house the villa Daemones and

Fanum Veneris
),
,
a
(
which priestess lives The star Arcturus delivering the

in
,
a
prologue agro atque

34
says Illic habitat Daemones

33
in
,
),
(
-
61
he
At
says
be est
villa proxuma propter mare hic

id
,
.
..
.
to
Veneris fanum The sea and beach are supposed

.
.
.
.
the
visible
ad
actors hac dexteram the actor should

to
156
;
(
)
be facing away from the audience , looking
off
stage When
.
be
the girls find the temple they must coming away from the
,
beach from the spectators right and they see the temple
,
'
before they find the farmhouse 253 254 PA Viden
,
(
)
:
–
PA .
. .
.
.
amabo fanum videsne hoc AM Ubi est Ad dexteram
,
be ?
?
.
.
(
)
The arrangement should
:
Port town Daemones villa Fanum Veneris Beach
,
R
L
's
Temples are used two other plays besides the casual refer
in
,
Apollo vicine the Bacchides 172 mentioned above
to
ence
in
“
.
"
)
The Aulularia has two houses and the Fanum Fidei The
.
Lar house saying Ego Lar sum
at
comes from Euclio
,
2
3
's
–
familiaris hac familia unde exeuntem me aspexistis The
ex
.
At
as
at
Megadorus proxumo
31
de
Lar refers hic
to
senex
,
.
the pot putting
of
582 583 Euclio announces his intention
–
of
gold Fidei fanum He addresses Fides before he enters

in
as
at
he
the shrine 584 586 and again 608 615 leaves the
),
,
by-
(
Lyconi
), of
made clearer
its
shrine but location the words

at is
,
he
Lounging the altar stage says
on
des slave the 606
(
.
's
that Euclio has put his pot gold hic intus Fidi
of
617 fano
in
.
(
at
he
Again 665 exclaims Attat fori crepuit Senex eccum

,
'
.
aurum ecfert foras We may that Megadorus probably
say
.
up
si as
lives for turning look Euclio he sees him he comes
to
,
,
,
L
est
from town 176 177 Ego conveniam Euclionem domi
,
(
)
:
-
. .
Sed eccum video Nescio unde sese homo recipit domum
).
(
Euclio had gone

out because 107 108 the magister curiae
(
an )
–
was distribute some money errand should take

to
Such
.
Similarly 473 474 Euclio sees Megadorus

at
him citywards
,
.
–
as
coming
he
foro 473 would start himself the Fanum

to
, ,
,
a
Fidei The simplest arrangement then for this play

is
,
,
:
.
Rus Megadorus House Euclio House Fanum Fidei

L
's
's
City
R
The Curculio has two houses and the Fanum Aesculapi

on
,
a
Epidaurus
on
street Palinurus follows his master out the

at in
stage
1
2
:
-
Quo ted hoc noctis dicam proficisci foras

cum istoc ornatu cumque hac pompa Phaedrome
,
Hoc Aesculapi fanum

est
Phaedromus says Evidently

14
at
cross the stage At

as
they pass the shrine they

15
Phaedromus
.
continues , Huic illud ostiumst oculissumum . The

proxumum
buildings , then , would stand in the order in which they are
named , with the temple in the center . Phaedromus s house '
apparently is on the side toward the port , for Curculio comes
from the house at 384 , and , finding Lyco before the temple ,
says ( 389 – 390 ) :
Quis hic est operto capite qui Aesculapium

salutat ? Attat , quem quaerebam .
He addresses Lyco as a stranger and brings him a letter from
the soldier Therapontigonus (420 –436 ) with a long tale of
foreign adventure and wandering (438 – 448 ), as if he had just
then arrived from abroad . The staging , then , should be :
L '
Phaedromus s House Fanum Aesculapi '
Lyco s House R
The Pseudolus has three houses . Calidorus and his slave

'
Pseudolus probably come from Simo s house when they enter
at 3 . At 571 Pseudolus goes in , saying (571 –573) :
Concedere aliquantisper hinc mi intro lubet ,
dum concenturio in corde sycophantias .
* * exibo , non ero vobis morae . . . .
Calidorus says (130 – 131 ), . . . Ostium lenonis crepuit . At 133

Ballio drives his household out from his house . Callipho 's house
should be on the stage, though it has nothing to do with the
action , for Pseudolus says (410 -411) :
erum eccum video huc Simonem una simul
cum suo vicino Calliphone incedere.
Pseudolus goes to the forum at 766 ( compare 764 ) ; he returns at

905 , followed by . He tells Simia where to find Ballio ' s
Simia
house , saying (952 ), Tertium hoc est . At 896 Ballio refers to
Simo as his vicinus . A satisfactory setting , then , would be:
L Ballio 's House Simo ' s House Callipho 's House R
The Stichus has three houses , those of Epignomus , his brother

Pamphilippus , and their father - in -law Antipho . Antipho
surely comes from his own house at 58 , for he is railing at his
slaves and is issuing orders to them (65 –66 ) , Facite sultis
nitidae ut aedes meae sint , quom redeam domum . Iam ego
domi adero : ad meam maiorem filiam inviso modo . . . . Com
pare also his words at 87 , Ibo intro . Sed apertast foris . The
door was open because both women came from their houses at
1. The houses of the brothers communicate through the
garden . Stichus says to his master (431 - 432 ) , amicam ego habeo
Stephanium hinc ex proxumo , tui fratris ancillam . . . . He has
planned a party for himself , Stephanium , and his fellow -slave
Sangarinus from next door , and says (437 ) , Iam hercle
ego per hortum ad amicam transibo meam . . . . At 449 - 452 he
says :
. . . est etiam hic ostium
aliud posticum nostrarum harunc aedium :
( posticam partem magis utuntur aedium )
ea ibo opsonatum , eadem referam opsonium :
per hortum utroque commeatus continet .
This method of communication is referred to again at 614 ;

there Pamphilippus says , per hortum transibo , non prodibo
in publicum . A practicable setting is :
L House of Epignomus House of Pamphilippus House of

Antipho R
The Trinummus has certainly two houses , possibly three .

One house must have a second entrance through a posticum ,
which perhaps may be reached through an angiportum . At 3
Luxuria sends her daughter Inopia in to dwell with Lesbonicus ,
saying , Adest . Em illae sunt aedes , intro nunciam . Compare
i
12 , Adulescens quidam est qui in hisce habitat aedibus . . . .
Megaronides enters at 23 , possibly from his own house , though
this is not so stated . The Andria is the one play that we have
in which , we may be certain , a senex who comes on in the first
scene does not come from his own house , and there , as has been
said , Simo the market to the front door of his own
comes from
house . At Trinummus 39 Callicles comes from the house of
Charmides , which he has just bought and into which he has
moved ( 124 - 125 ), saying ( 39 ) , Larem corona nostrum decorari
volo . At 124 - 125 Megaronides says to Callicles , Emistin de
adulescentulo has aedis ( quid taces ?) ubi nunc tute habitas ?
He asks later ( 193 ), Ubi nunc adulescens habet ? To this Cal
licles replies ( 194 ), Posticulum hoc recepit , quom aedis vendidit .
Philto 's house is on the stage . His son Lysiteles comes out of it
at 223 , and Philto follows at 276 , saying , Quo illic homo foras se
all
penetravit ex aedibus ? There is nothing to suggest at
definitely
of
the location the two houses but since Stasimus
,
servos sent the Piraeus 1103 by his master Charmides
to
is
,
(
)
the port 1114 and since Lysiteles
go
and leaves the stage
to
at
to
,
at
once appears 1115 after seeing Stasimus modo me Stasimus

(
(
Lesbonici servos convenit domi 1120 suppose that Stasimus
,
(
his )
)
I
the port and put
at
way
on
stopped Philto house
so
to
I
's
be
Philto house the left This matter will discussed further
to
I .
's
Chapter VII Here suggest this setting

in
:
Port Philto House Charmides House Megaronides
L
's
's
's
House City
R
The Truculentus certainly has two houses possibly three
at ,
.
The Prologist points out Phronesium Hic habitat
– 12
house
78 ,
's
on est
mulier nomen quoi compare
77
Phronesium The first
;
.
character appear the stage Diniarchus former lover
to
is
,
a
he
nothing defi
at
of
22
Phronesium enters There

is
to
show
;
nitely whether
he
on
lives this street Athens not Another

or
in
lover Strabax lives next door Phronesium The maid Asta .

to
,
.
246
him
phium says velut hic agrestis est adulescens qui

. of
),
(
of
of
hic habet The houses Phronesium and Strabax

.
.
, 's
father communicate through the gardens compare 248 249
;
where Astaphium says Sed clam patrem etiam hac nocte illa
is
,
per hortum transiluit

ad
nos Indeed the slave Truculentus

.
illa
says later 303 304 Quid maceria ait horto quae est
in
),
,
(
quae noctes singulas latere minor At 770 772

fit
in
–
.
.
.
.
at
Diniarchus exclaims the sight Callicles bringing

of
on
two
ancillae bound There nothing the text show that
to
is
in
,
on
Callicles supposed have this street but the

to
house
is
,
a
scene more plausible he brings the two women from such

if
is
be a
no be
house they must brought

the stage
on
the scene
to
if
is
of . -
played
of
There are clear indications direction the loca

in
tion the two houses This staging possible

is
:
.
Port Phronesium House Strabax House City

R
L
's
's
setting and
of
its
Thetext the Cistellaria defective and

is
completely
be
entrances cannot made out Alcesimarchus

's
.
the stage which represents Sicyon

on
house street
is
in
,
156 157 Hismistress Selenium appears from Alcesimarchus

(
at )
.
's
of
house the opening the play with Gymnasium and her

,
,
mother , the Lena , whom Selenium has been entertaining at a

luncheon . Gymnasium says ( 10 – 11 ) ,
ita
prandio nos lepide
in
Demipho
ut
nitide accepisti apud semper meminerimus
te
ac
's
.
his
wife Phanostrata from house saying
comes 543 544
. ),
-
(
Audire vocem ante aedis modo mei Lampadisci servi
visa sum
Demipho house may be nearer the town for Halisca drops
,
's
the cistella before 637 655 when she and Melaenis rush
it
,
–
(
as )
he
into Alcesimarchus house carries Selenium into that
's
and Lampadio
he
as
house 650 651 finds his
to
comes
it
,
(
)
–
master house again 655 668 670 after following the old
,
's
)
–
woman the town 653 654 We may then consider this
in
,
).
(
–
the setting
:
Demipho
of
of
House Alcesimarchus House
R
L
Terence certainly has two houses

Heautimoroumenos
,
's
road leading out
on
those Chremes and
Menedemus
of
of
of
,
a
his neighbor Menedemus
, 54
Athens Chremes says agrum
to
),
(
.
proxumo hic mercatus At 169 170 he says tempust

es
in
–
.
.
.
.
ut
ad
monere me huncvicinum Phaniam cenam veniat ibo

,
,
:
visam domist The expression hunc vicinum generally used
si
is
.
at
neighbor close
, be
of
at on
hand hence Phania house should
;
a
's
he
But
to
the stage not referred again after Chremes

is
.
171 172 returns from his house This matter will be more
,
-
VII
at
fully discussed Chapter Bacchis 731 732 refers

,
,
in
–
.
the villa Charinus which she had heard

to
of
certain
,
,
a
.
.
.
ad
proxumam huic fundo dextram but the villa seems not

,
esse
be
the stage nothing very definite

to
on
There indicate
to
is
.
location but the passage last quoted may be taken suggest

to
,
that Chremes house was farther from town with Charinus

,
's
as
his right hand neighbor farther toward the country

I
-
suggest then this setting

,
,
Rus Chremes House Menedemus House Athens

R
L
's
's
certainly has three houses those Demipho

of
The Phormio
,
,
as 51
Demipho
at
Chremes and Dorio Geta comes from house

,
,
.
's
quis me quaeret rufus He calls again

Si
calling back
,
.
. ..
.
the port 152

he
for
leaves Puer heus Nemon huc prodit

),
?
(
at
Phaedria and Dorio come Dorio house 485 announced

,
from
's
by Geta
at
sua palaestra exit foras

on ab
484 Eccum Phaedria

's ,
, ).
(
That Chremes house the stage best proved by 743 744

is
is
–
where Chremes and Sostrata are speaking : CH .St ! SO . Quid has

metuis fores ? CH . Conclusam hic habeo uxorem saevam .
Dorio 's house is probably on the side toward the town , as
Phaedria slips in there when he and Geta are sent off by
Demipho to find Antipho and Phormio : see 305 – 310 . Demipho
says , at 309 , Abi,
Phaedria , eum require atque huc adduce .
Phaedria answers obediently , Eo : recta via quidem illuc .
He starts toward the town , while Geta , who is with him , com
ments aside (310 ) , Nempe ad Pamphilam . Judging from 192 –
196 we may say that Demipho 's house is nearer the port , since
Geta , coming from the port , starts domum ( 194 ) to find Antipho ,
and does not at first notice the two adulescentes even when they
call to him to stop . The setting , then , is :
L Demipho 's House Chremes 's House Dorio ' s House R
Further , if Demipho 's house is L , as shown here , it is easier for

Phaedria to slip in unnoticed to Dorio 's house at 310 , since this
house will be at the other end of the long stage .
The Hecyra has three houses , those of Laches , Phidippus, and
Bacchis . Philotis and Syra are coming from Bacchis ' s house at
58 – 59 , as the words of Philotis show ( 97 – 98 ) : Sed quid hoc
hic
negotist ? Modo quae narravit mihi intu Bacchi Parmeno

'
'!
at
comes from Laches

house calling back Senex quaeret
si
's 76,
,
' to s
me Pamphilus
He refers
at
as
wife 124 gnatam huius

.
.
.
.
vicini proximi Pamphilus and his slave Parmeno are coming

at .
from the port 281 and are passing Phidippus door

at
315 316
's
when Pamphilus hears some confusion inside and says 316

his ),
(
ad
Agedum fores accedo propius This house next

is
, ,
father for his mother hears the confusion from within her own
's
house may
be
as
house 336 Bacchis Parmeno going

,
is
L
L
).
(
's
at
81 compare when he meets Philotis coming

76
77
from
–
(
)
as
Bacchis has been mentioned above The setting may be

,
's
Bacchis House Phidippus House Laches House

R
L
's
's
's
CHAPTER III
Angi portum , Posticum , Horti
In this chapter I shall assemble and discuss the evidence from
the plays of Plautus and Terence for the use which these drama
tists made of angiportum , posticum , and horti as means of en
trance upon the stage and exit from the stage .
A back way is referred to in the Asinaria , as making it possible
for a man to slip , unseen by his own household , into the house
next his own , by angiportum and hortus . Compare 740 – 743 :
ARG . Leonida , curre , opsecro , patrem huc orato ut veniat .
LE . Iam dudum est intus. ARG . Hac quidem non venit . LE .
Angiporto
quis
ne
iit
illac per hortum circum videret
se
clam
huc ire familiarium ne uxor resciscat metuit ,
to .
:
Casina 613 614 Alcesimus senex says Lysidamus senex

In
,
–
Abi aliud cura ego per hortum iussero meam istuc

et
iam
;ad
transire uxorem uxorem tuam

.
Cistellaria 124 we are told that baby was exposed
an
In
in
a
angiportum32 years before but the action the play itself does
of
,
not require angi portum

an
Epidicus 660 661 Epidicus shouts apparently

In
the door at
,
–
his fellow slave Thesprio who had

to
of
Chaeribulus house
,
,
-
's
by
exi
67
69
been sent there their young master Thesprio

; ,
,
(
)
–
istac per hortum adfer domum auxilium mihi magnast res

,
.
the Mercator Eutychus speaking
of
Toward the end his

to
,
neighbor Demipho 1005 1006 says

),
(
:
–
Eamus intro non utibilest hic locus factis tuis

,
,
;
dum memoramus arbitri ut sint qui praetereant per vias

,
The following dialogue ensues 1007 1009

(
)
:
DE Hercle qui recte dicis eadem brevior fabula

. tu
. .
erit Eamus EU Hic est intus filius apud nos tuos

.
DE Optumest Illac per hortum nos domum transibimus

.
.
as
the Mostellaria Tranio pretends start rus

In
his master
he to
has ordered 928 His real scheme sets forth thus 931
:
).
(
me congerrones He
ad
Nunc ego illac per posticum conferam

.
see
32For the forms and genders angiportum Lodge Lexicon Plautinum

of
,
30
angiportus see note above

,
.v
).
s
(
.
34
Angi portum , Posticum , Horti 35
leaves the stage as if to go rus, but slips back to the house

through the angiportum , reporting later ( 1043 – 1046 ) , thus :
Nam erus me postquam rus misit filium ut suom arcesserem ,
abii illac per angiportum ad hortum nostrum clanculum :
ostium quod in angiporto est horti , patefeci fores ,
eaque eduxi omnem legionem , et maris et feminas .
Once Tranio started , his master would not have noticed what
did , distracted by
for
at
he 935 that master attention
is
's
seeing and hearing the advorsitores before his own house
.
for
the Persa when Toxilus has arranged the purchase
In
the slave girl he says

of
and the manumission the Leno
to
,
-
444 446
:
(
)
–
Abi istac travorsis angiportis

ad
forum
;
ad
eadem istaec facito mulier me transeat

per hortum
.
the Stichus see pages

of
29
The houses the two brothers
in
–
connect through the garden natural arrangement
30
above
,
a
)
.
Stichus soliloquizing refers this fact 437 439
to
,
:
(
)
–
; ad
Iam hercle ego per hortum amicam transibo meam

mi hanc occupatum noctem eadem symbolam
coqui
ad
dabo iubebo Sangarinum

et
cenam
.
He the posticum nostrarum aedium and its connection

discusses
with the gardens 449 452 Pamphilippus refers
at
to
again the
,
.
–
passage through the garden 614 per hortum transibo non

at
,
prodibo puplicum
in
the Miles Gloriosus Palaestrio reminds Sceledrus that none

In
the ordinary means

of
communication exists between the two

of
PA
tu
houses 339 Scin340 nullum commeatum hinc esse

. :
.
(
)
SC –
nobis Sceledrus himself mentions this

at
Scio 376 379

a
–
.
he .
But Palaestrio had

as
fact cut through the party wall

in
,
-
us
compare page
at
24
tells 140 143 above

,
).
(
–
to
In
Andria 734 735 when Davos dashes off circle about

,
-
again from the right may

he
to
the stage and

on
behind come
,
angi portum but

go
stated compare page

26
not
so
per
,
,
is
it
above
)
.
In
Phormio 891 Phormio himself steps back angi

an
into
portum compare 891 892
:
:
-
Sed hinc concedam angiportum hoc proxumum

in
inde hisce ostendam me ubi erunt egressi foras

,
.
Plautus seems in the Miles . In

to have overlooked a point
this play Pleusicles is told disguise himself as a sailor ( 1177
to
1182 ). He is to dress in the house of the senex , Periplectomenus

(1182 ) : atque apud hunc senem omnia haec sunt , nam is pisca
tores habet . Pleusicles goes in to dress at 1196 , and is seen
coming , from the port, of course , at 1281. How he left the
house and contrived to appear from the direction of the harbor
is not stated (there
no mention
is of an angiportum ). This
matter will be discussed more fully in Chapter IX .
In the Trinummus , Lesbonicus lives in an apartment in his
father 's house , though he has sold the house to Callicles : com
pare the words of Callicles ( 194 ) , Posticulum hoc recepit ,
quom aedis vendidit . But whether the door of this little apart
ment opens on the scene directly or on an angi portum is not
stated .
Two adjoining houses in the Truculentus have gardens with
a wall between them that a lover scales nightly , greatly to its
illa
detriment (303 – 304 ) : Quid maceria ait horto quae est
in
,
quae noctes singulas latere minor But this way
fit
in
.
..
over the wall ? the play
of
of
not used the course the action
in
is
.
Two passages from the Phormio may be compared with the
two the Stichus quoted and referred above 437 440
to
from
,
(
–
At
pages Demipho senex

30
35
449 452 and above 311 314

,
,
-
).
says
:
Ego deos Penatis hinc salutatum domum

forum atque aliquos mihi
ad
devortar inde ibo

;
amicos advocabo ad hanc rem qui adsient

,
sim
ut
inparatu
ne
veniat Phormio
si
,
'
Demipho next appears But nothing has

at
from the forum 348

.
been said about the route which he unseen by

to
took reach
it
the spectators
.
Phormio says
In
829 830
:
–
Argentum accepi tradidi lenoni abduxi mulierem

,
,
;
ut
curavi propria Phaedria poteretur nam emissast manu

,
.
be
on
of
that the house the leno the

It
should remembered
is
stage see page

32
above and that Phormio has not been seen

,
),
(
to
enter
it
.
an
Nothing
or
said either case about angiportum such

is
in
as
pages
25
on
route that suggested the passage quoted

in
a
Angiportum , Posticum , Horti 37
and 35 ,
above , from the Persa . This matter will be discussed
more fully in Chapter IX .
No entrances are made through an angi portum at any time,
so far as our material shows. In most
passages where the
all
angiportum is referred at
mentioned accounting
is
to
in
it
off
for movements the characters when they are unseen and
is of
the stage not convenient bring them the stage
on
( to
if
it
,
.
Evidently
at
the audiences expected least Plautus time
to in
of 's
. )
of
be
the movements the characters
or
to
see told them
This clearly suggested Ballio words

in
the Pseudolus
in
is
's
1234 1235
-
(
)
:
ne
Nunc exspectetis dum hac domum redeam via
:
ita res gestast angiporta haec certum est consectarier
.
:
The plural angiporta here and Persa 444 quoted above may
in
,
,
be
be usedbecause each place the singular would wholly
in
Or perhaps Plautus thinks slipping
as
of
unmetrical Ballio
.
one alleyway the Eunuchus

as
another Chaerea did

to
from
in
,
844 847
(
)
:
Ubi vidi ego me pedes quantum queo

in
,
angiportum quoddam desertum inde item

in in
,
ita
aliud inde aliud miserrimus

in
,
fui fugitando nequi me cognosceret

'
The uses which the dramatists make the angiporta

of
the
,
the hortus will more fully

be
posticum and discussed again

in
,
Chapter
IX
Section
,
7
.
CHAPTER IV
THE USE OF Forum , Rus , AND Portus IN THE PLAYS
According to the demands of the plot the plays made free use ,
for
general
of
the town
or
of
of
action off stage the forum
in
,
,
,
port country Such action will be discussed
of
the and the
in
,
.
detail Here we are concerned chiefly with the
Chapter
IX
in
.
entrances and the exits leading
or
to
from the forum the town
,
the port and the country Frequently
of
course character
,
,
a
.
the stage goes off the stage without reference
on
or
comes
to
any particular starting oint destination such cases one
or
In
.
-p
may usually assume that he comes from some point the town
in
going some point
or
the town
to
in
is
.
Studying the plays individually we find that forum port
,
three required by four plays
all
of
and country are Plautus
the Captivi the Mercator the Mostellaria and the Truculentus
,
,
,
,
and by one Terence the Eunuchus

of
the Captivi
94
33
The scene Aetolia The
of
street
in
is
a
)
(
.
at
parasite Ergasilus comes the first scene 69

on
the opening
of
he ),
as (
91
see Hegio He 191 for the forum

at
to
108 leaves
,
(
).
), -
uti dudum ad
us
tells later 478 Nam hinc abii accessi adules

,
(
at
foro He returns the scene 461 from the forum

to
centes
in
490 after describing the scene the forum 478 489 he

in
,
;
)
–
(
)
(
He his way the port

on
says 490 Nunc redeo inde

to
),
is
..
..
: (
says He returns
he
ad
496 Nunc ibo portum hinc

, ,
.
.
.
.
)
in .
(
. he
port
at
. as
the 768 states 869 tantum ego nunc

,
from
.
.
.
porto portutibi boni He says Hegio 893 894

to
),
–
a
.
.
.
.
.
ad
Hegio parva iuri iurandost fides vise portum Hegio

si
,
,
port 900 He returns with his son Philopolemus

at
goes the
to
and the captive Philocrates They met the port

as
at
at
922
,
,
shown by 929
is
for
at
at
he
Hegio went the forum the reason had given

to
460
ut ,
449 450 Sequere me viaticum dem tarpezita tibi eadem

,
,
,
a
–
opera praetore sumam syngraphum He returns He

at
498
a
.
.
did
he
506
), he
he
describes what the forum 498 then says

in
,
,
);
(
started home 507 stopped his brother house picked

at
508
),
's
(
(
up
Aristophontes 509 514 there and reached home thence

,
(
)
–
Classical Philology
21
Compare Knapp
33
Travel etc see note

,
,
.,
,
2
.4
5
(
-
above
)
.
38
, Rus,
the
Plays
39
The Use of Forum and Portus in
ompare 498 500 the words hosce hominis 500 clearly imply
,
:
–
(c
that Hegio his own house His brother house must
at
back
is
).
's
be
the town apparently somewhere between the forum and

in
, be particular reason why
at is no
his own house There seems
to
it
.
should not be the stage but not Hegio takes Aristo
on
it
,
off
phontes back his brother Tyndarus sent
to
house 767
is
's
.
the quarries ompare 721 726 733
at
to
work 751
in
750 738
,
At -
).
–
(c
are
These somewhere extra portam 735 721 723 Hegio had
-
(
).
said
:
Ducite
.
.
.
ubi ponderosas crassas capiat compedis
,
.
Inde ibis porro latomias lapidarias
in
.
brought
at
Hegio sends for Tyndarus again Tyndarus
is
950
back from the quarries compare 998 1904 ;

at
998
(
)
–
.
All
other movements the Captivi are and from the house
in
to
see
Hegio the one house setting
20
of
the stage page above

,
,
in
).
The Mercator calls for forum port and country At 109
,
.
Charinus says Sed quid currentem servom portu conspi
,
a
at
cor Acanthio
then comes portu 111 Charinus and
for a
?
.
.
.
.
port
go
at
Acanthio the Charinus has said 218 219

to
224
,
, . ),
(
Sequere
ad
Sed quid ego hic lamentando pereo non

eo
navim
in
His father Demipho goes the port

or
comes from 222 224

to
it,
255 259 468 their neighbor Lysimachus goes the

to
328 466
;
,
-
–
port Eutychus goes

or
to
comes from 326 467 468 499 500

;
it,
, ,
, ,
–
the port
or
comes from 486 487 498 596 597

,
,
it
.
–
–
, At
Lysimachus
272 283 sending slave rus with instruc
is
a
–
tions and with messages for the vilicus and for his own wife
,
saying
at
277 281
,
:
–
villam atque istos rastros vilico

ad
hinc
tu
I
Pisto ipsi facito coram ut tradas manum

in
Uxori facito ut nunties negotium

mihi esse urbe neme exspectet nam mihi
in
tris hodie litis iudicandas dicito

.
Dorippa his wife the country

at
as
comes from 667 she says

;
,
she enters 667 669

:
(
)
–
ad
Quoniam viro me rus advenit nuntius

a
rus non iturum feci ego ingenium meum

,
·
:
ut
reveni illum persequar qui me fugit

,
.
.
.
go
The two senes their marketing

do
the forum
to
at
to
587
582 583 DE Quid stamus Quin ergo imus atque opsonium
?
(
)
:
-
.
curamus , pulchre ut simus ? Lysimachus returns at 692 from

the forum ( compare 582 – 583 , 692 –697 ) . The hired cook arrives
at 741 from the forum with attendants and food . Lysimachus
says at 748 , Ecce autem perii , coquos adest ! At 782 the cook
and his assistants leave , presumably for the forum again .
Lysimachus goes back to the forum at 802 to find Demipho :
compare 797 ,
Ibo ad forum atque Demiphoni haec eloquar . . . .
He returns with Demipho at 957 . Eutychus had gone to the
forum at 666 to hire a crier ( 663 –665 ) , to
At see
the praetor 664
),
(
and start search for the girl 665 787 788 Syra was
to
).
(
–
for
Dorippa
be
of
by
sent her father who must course some
,
the town Syra returns without
: at
where 804
in
him 803
,
-
.
saying Era quo me misit ad patrem non est domi rus abiisse
,
,
aibant Nunc domum renuntio
.
The Mostellaria requires forum Grumio , . harbor and country
.
At
rus He
at
probably
82
go
goes rus 928 Tranio ordered
is
to
.
.
starts off that direction after leaving the scene but slips
in
,
by
he
way
of as
the angiportum says himself
of
into the posticum

compare the discussion , matter
on
1043 1048 also this
(
)
:
–
as
as
pages
on
well page
24
34
35
and above 140 below

,
,
–
.
At 311
as
Callidamates cum amica incedit Philolaches says

,
ompare 310 They enter the city

at
of
313 from course
,
,
)
.
(c
but the place from which they come not specified Callida
is
mates orders slave come for temperi 314 The slave

to
him
a
)
.
by
He
off
at
; at
goes
he
returns 858 followed another slave

is
;
.
885 The two slaves wait the background 903 933

to
seem
in
)
–
.
at
they leave finally 989 townward probably but no definite

,
statement about their destination made Phanium says

to is
.
he
expected Theopropides
of
989 those whom find

in
(
's
house Alio credo comissatum abiisse Abeamus nunciam

,
.
at
Similarly Theopropides goes some place

to
the town 527

in
–
he
Unde
at
528 returns 541 and Tranio question 547

to
;
),
,
is
?
's
(
he
replies 547
Conveni illum unde hasce aedis emeram The
),
.
(
at
Danista enters 532 from the forum and presumably returns

,
says noctem usque

he
mani
ad
to
at
at
654 534 foro

in
it
,
A
At 654
he
dego says Abeo sat habeo cras fero

si
diem
;
,
.
.
.
.
we may
go
He will
ad
back assume forum

,
, ,
.
at
853 saying
ad
Simo goes the Eo hinc

to
forum ego forum

,
He returns
at
998 saying foro incedo domum

,
,
A
unspecified place
an
Callidamates comes the town

in
from
, Rus , and Portus in
the
41
The Use of Forum Plays
invite Theopropides
to
to
1122 dine with himself and with
(
by
the others who had been the house and had been released
in
The place which they the play
go
of
Tranio the end
at
to
is
.
not specified
.
75
's 67
Tranio went the Piraeus for compare
66
at to
at
fish
)
–
.
He comes back 348 having
the Piraeus his master
at
seen
,
arrival from abroad 365 370 Theopropides enters from the
(
).
port 431 properly praising Neptune 431 437 for his safe
at
-
(
)
arrival home
.
Other entrances and exits are and from the houses
to
.
The Truculentus calls for port country and town Strato
,
.
phanes miles arrives peregre 482 compare his words
at
at
497
;
–
decumo mense post Athenas Atticas
ad
498 Nunc amicam

,
as
he
He speaks
at
peregre adveniens
of
viso himself 515
;
.
.
..
has brought gifts Phrygia

ex
ex
Phronesium 536 Arabia 539
),
,
(
)
He leaves the 644 probably for some point
at
Ponto 540 stage

,
).
(
town he returns
at
the 893
in
go
he
that will
at
to
The slave Truculentus says 313 the
atque haec facta
ad
forum Iam quidem hercle ibo forum

:
is at he
do
narrabo seni goes we not see his return for

If
, ,
, ,
.
.
.
.
he
he
when appears again 669 seems come from the house

to
not from town he commenting

on
since the continued absence

,
of
Strabax compare 669 670 Mirum videtur rure erilem filium

,
:
Strabacem non rediisse

.
.
.
.
Meantime Strabax has arrived from the country

; at
645
:
Rus mane dudum hinc ire me iussit pater

he
he
says
is
,
.
.
.
.
returning now rure urbem 655

in
,
If (
).
as
22
on
Diniarchus enters his house the stage

at
is
is is
,
.
he
for
usual the leading characters comes thence but there

,
no definite evidence that his house the stage compare

on
is
page not he enters from the town He goes

31
above
; If
is
it
,
,
at )
.
his house 447 compare 588 PH Dic amabo ubi est

te
to
,
.
Diniarchus CY Domi His slave Cyamus enters 551 with

at
,
?
money and gifts for Phronesium

de
The words hoc opsonio

.
show that Cyamus comes from He

to
561 seem the forum

.
(
)
off
goes again 630 probably his master house whether

on at
to
,
,
's
that house the stage the town Diniarchus enters

or
is
in
.
he at
again 699 probably from his house wherever that 588

is
,
)
.
he
While the stage sees Callicles coming compare

on
still
;
,
is
31
770 772 and page above

,
:
(
)
–
Sed quid hoc est ? Pro di immortales ! Calliclem video senem ,

meu ' qui adfinis fuit , ancillas duas constrictas ducere ,
alteram tonstricem huiius , alteram ancillam suam .
There is nothing to show whether Callicles comes from a house

on the stage, or from some point in the town . He dismisses the
ancillae at 838 –839 , saying :
Solvite istas. Agite , abite tu domum et tu autem domum .
Eloquere haec erae tu : puerum reddat , si quis eum petat .
The tonstrix goes to Phronesium , as ordered at 839 ( compare

856 - 857 ) ; the other woman goes to Callicles 's house( domum ,
838 ) . At 849 Callicles leaves , for
his
point
or
house some the
in
town
.
Other movements are and the houses

to
from
.
for
port country
of
The Eunuchus Terence calls and the
,
at
town large with no special reference the forum
to
.
.
Phaedria starts rus having Ego
at
224 said 216 rus ibo

,
),
(
he
atque ibimanebo 629 His father
at
However comes back
,
.
.
971 compare 611 and his words
at
at
comes rure 971 972
,
,
:
–
Ex meo propinquo rure hoc capio commodi neque agri neque
:
urbis odium me umquam percipit
.
Gnatho parasitus comes with the girl from the soldier house
, ,
the town He goes back 's
at
at
which somewhere 232 287
is
in
At 292 pur
at
return with the soldier Chaerea comes

to
391 in
.
Gnatho and the girl trying At

of
suit their route

to
follow
,
.
he
says Illa huc advorterat

se
se
343 344 interea commodum

,
[
]
–
hanc nostram He had seen the girl

plateam via 322
In
in
),
.
the town and was trying

to
somewhere find her

in
At 391 Thraso miles and Gnatho parasitus appear presum

,
ably from the town They are looking for Thais and apparently
.
are expecting The parasite with the

take her out
dinner
to
all to
,
.
appetite that his tribe says presently 459

the badge
of
ad is
),
to (
He sent
on
Eamus ergo Quid stas the

to
cenam see
is
?
.
for
THR Abi prae curre

, ut
preparations dinner 499 500

,
,
(
.
:
sint domi parata GN Fiat

at
Thraso and Thais leave 506

.
probably dine the soldier house At 507 Chremes appears

at
to
,
's
probably from some point not know why

he
do
the town we
in
(
as
of
does not meet Thais she leaves see the discussion this
:
point Chapter VII As Thais has directed 503 Chremes

in
),
).
Pythias ancilla who has

do
urged join her and agrees

to
so
to
is
,
.
The Use of Forum , Rus , and Portus in the Plays 43
been left in Thais 's house (500 - 503 ) , sends Dorias

charge at
ancilla with Chremes ,
saying (538 ) , Abi, Dorias , cito hunc
deduce ad militem . As ad may be used with a verb of motion
to mean ' to the house of ', we may suppose that the party to which
Chremes goes is at the soldier 's house , somewhere in the town .
Chremes returns from the party at 727 ; his coming is announced
by Dorias at 724 . Thais also arrives at 739, and Thraso comes
with his army to besiege her house ( 773 ) at 771 . Thraso and
his army beat their retreat at 816 , townward . Chremes has left
at 808 to find the old nurse Sophrona and the inevitable signa .
He returns with her , from
some point in the town , at 912 -913 .
Gnatho and Thrasea return , from Thraso 's house , presumably
at 1025 , the soldier bent on offering his unconditional surrender
to Thais (1026 ).
Antipho enters, hunting for Chaerea , at 539 . Apparently
he comes from the Piraeus ,
where he and Chaerea were on
guard duty (compare Parmeno ' s comment at 290 , Miror quid
ex Piraeo abierit , nam ibi custos publice
est
nunc Their plans

).
as
for party had been made Heri Piraeo 539 Antipho
in
,
a
)
.
.
.
says entering
on
539 Chaerea comes from Thais house

(
's
.
and the two adulescentes leave for Antipho home apparently

,
's
Antipho says 612 Eamus me

as
ad
somewhere the town

in
),
:
(
ibi proxumumst ubi mutes vestem

of ad , at
But Chaerea returns
).
(
840 Pythias sees him coming and says her mistress 835
to
,
)
.
TH
habemus hominem ipsum Ubi PY Em

est
is
?
.
He enters then from the right

at
sinist ram the town

,
,
e
.
(
)
his
the spectators Still the eunuch garb he explains return

in
's
.
840 847
–
.
(
The other movements are

and from the houses
to
by
port
ten
the forum the town are required

or
The and
plays Amphitruo Bacchides Curculio Epidicus
of
Plautus
—
, ,
, ,
, ,
, , ,
Menaechmi Miles Gloriosus Poenulus Pseudolus Stichus

,
and by three plays

of
and Trinummus Terence Andria

—
--
Phormio and Hecyra

,
148
the Amphitruo Sosia

as
at
coming
In
announced 149
is
a
–
portu There Mercury says Sed Amphitruonis illi est servos

,
(c
)
.
Sosia illic nunc huc cum lanterna advenit

portu Sosia
a
)
:
.
ad
the port 462 compare 460 Ibo atque

at
returns portum
to
haec uti sunt facta ero dicam meo Amphitruo and Sosia come
.
port Amphitruo goes

at
on
the the
to
of
from course 551

,
.
port again at 854 (compare his words at 849 ), saying , Ego huc
ab navi mecum adducam Naucratem ii ..
Though the port at 854 , he returns at
Amphitruo went to
1009 from the town . After a vain search for Naucrates at the
ship , he evidently went to the town to look for him there ;
compare 1009 – 1014 :
Naucratem quem convenire volui in navi non erat ,

neque domi neque in urbe invenio quemquam qui illum
viderit .
Nam omnis plateas perreptavi, gymnasia et myropolia ;
apud emporium atque in macello , in palaestra atque in foro ,
in medicinis , in tonstrinis , apud omnis aedis sacras
sum defessus quaeritando : nusquam invenio Naucratem .
Nunc domum ibo .. . .
The movements of Iuppiter and of Mercury are harder to
trace . Iuppiter sends Mercury off (544 ) , and follows at 550 ,
apparently in the direction of the port , as he has been assuring
Alcumena that he must return to his troops : at 527 he had said ,
nunc ne legio persentiscat clam illuc redeundum est mihi . . . .
Why he does not encounter Amphitruo and Sosia , who enter
, we
cannot tell , unless he makes use of
his
at once miraculous
powers
an
see the discussion
of
there interlude
or
unless
is
,
550 551 Chapter VII Iuppiter returns announcing him

in
,
)
, –
.
at
self He should enter from the direction the port

of
861
,
.
off
he
since we suppose went that direction He sends

in
,
the port 969 with the following order

to
at
Sosia 967 968

,
:
(
)
–
Tu
gubernatorem navi huc evoca verbis meis

re a
Blepharonem uti divina facta mecum prandeat

,
We have way telling how and when Sosia and Blepharo

no
of
the play lost But Blepharo

on
come the scene for

of
section
is
,
the stage He leaves h aving

on
at
at
said 1035
is
1035 1036
,
,
(
)
.
..
, .
mihi 984 Mercury appears

est
At
ego abeo negotium

,
.
.
.
.
no
presumably the port but we have

on
from definite evidence

,
the matter
.
Other entrances and exits are from and the house Amphi
of
he to
Iuppiter when
at
truo except the exit says 1143 Ego

of
in
,
caelum migro
.
What entrance leads not

to
do
and from heaven know

I
The opening the missing portion

In
of
the Bacchides lost

is
Bacchis herself perhaps and certainly her sister had entered

,
,
, Rus , and Portus
the
Plays
45
The Use of Forum in
the port compare Bacchis uti
at
from words 107 Nam navi
,
, :
's
At
es
vecta credo timida
, 170 Chrysalus enters from the
, ’
.
s
At
he
port returning from journey 170 171 says Erilis
,
a
, .
–
patria salve quam ego biennio postquam hinc Ephesum
in
. , ,
At
abivi conspicio
lubens 385 Mnesilochus enters from the
he
He
probably still
of
forum the garb traveller had
is
in
;
a
as
gone the forum see his friends Chrysalus told his father
to
to
,
at
347 Deos atque amicos
ad
iit
salutatum forum
,
.
There are frequent movements and from the forum and
to
his
the town
at
Pistoclerus goes market compare
to
100
:
.
at
Ego opsonabo
97
words the market He returns from

,
.
.
.
.
followed by Lydus At
the forum Nicobulus goes
to at
to
109 348
,
find his son compare 347 quoted above At 367 Chrysalus

,
:
.
also goes find Mnesilochus At 384 Lydus rushes off town
to
,
.
ward we may suppose find Pistoclerus father compare 382

to
,
,
;
's
certumst iam dicam patri He returns with the father

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
probably
at
Philoxenus the town 405 Philoxenus and

from
,
Lydus leave the scene probably townward At 573

at
499
,
go a
.
parasite and puer come probably from the town they
on
,
;
a
at
Chrysalus comes compare

on
off again 605 from the forum

.
on (
at
at
347 366 640 The soldier Cleomachus comes 842
,
,
.
)
He
at
probably the town goes the forum he had

to
from 904
;
.
igitur
ad
said 902 Abeo forum Nicobulus goes the forum

to
),
(
.
at
compare his words Ego hunc

ad
at
1066 1060 forum autem

;
ibo ut solvam militi He returns from the forum

at
of
course
,
,
.
at
appears stage but there

on
1087 Philoxenus the

is
1076
,
.
nothing show whence he comes The other movements are

to
and the houses

to
from
.
The Curculio needs entrances the two houses and the shrine
to
of
Aesculapius the stage see pages

29
28
on
above the
to
,
. ),
(
Seeing
At
forum and peregre 280 Curculio arrives peregre

,
him coming Palinurus says 275 Estne hic parasitus qui

,
),
(
missust Cariam compare also 225 329

in
,
?
(
)
.
At 371 Lyco tarpezita course from town He leaves

of
enters
,
, .
526 He reappears
at
at
533 with Therapontigonus the soldier

.
who has come from Caria 329 338 but who must
compare
),
(
–
as
have met the town Lyco would naturally return

in
to
him
,
his office the forum Lyco leaves the scene again probably
,
in
.
for
at
at
the town 554 The choragus who delivers monody

,
a
he .
462 486 which describes the Forum Romanum probably

in
,
,
–
for
comes from the direction of the town ( this interlude see
Chapter VII
to
Other movements are and from the houses
)
.
of
and the shrine Aesculapius
.
The Epidicus uses entrances from the port and from the town
.
At
Epidicus enters following Thesprio from the port compare
;
1
the words Epidicus apud portum
ut
at
of
14
15
con
te
nam
,
–
spexi curriculo occepi sequi Stratippocles comes the
,
from
.
port with his friend Chaeribulus
At
Epidicus refers
at
104 126
.
to
as
him advenientem peregre erum suom Stratippoclem
.
.
.
.
At 526 Philippa
enters and Periphanes asks
at
533 534 Quis
,
-
est
illaec mulier timido pectore peregre adveniens quae ipsa
se
miseratur At 620 the Danista enters with girl from the
,
a
?
at
he
port ompare port
or
to
to
55
leaves 647 whether town

;
,
)
(c
we cannot tell
.
377 Epidicus
he
, At
goes hire fidicina 371 goes

to
374
, ,
a
)
–
Apoecides had gone
to
at
then the forum the forum
to
305
.
at
meet Epidicus there 303 He
to
305 returns 394 with
a
.
(
)
to –
girl At 424 Apoecides goes
be
the again
to
forum advocatus
,
.
At
probably from the forum

on
422 423 soldier comes

437
,
a
-
, .
.
(
for
He leaves probably saying Ego illam

at
the town 492

,
,
requiram iam ubi ubi est The fidicina sent off
at
515 516
is
;
-
.
.
- ..
she goes townward At 605 606 Periphanes starts out hunt
to
.
for Epidicus saying 605 Ego relictis rebus Epidicum operam

,
),
. (
quaerendo dabo probably

he
then goes townward

.;
,
.
.
.
Epidicus returns
he
the forum since has

at
610 from seen

,
Periphanes the town buying lora 612 Periphanes and

in
).
Apoecides the town ompare 605

at
come from 666 612

,
).
(c
Other movements are and from the town

to
The Menaechmi shows the characters moving and from

to
the port town houses and

an
inn somewhere the town

or
in
,
just outside the town the port34

of
the direction
in
At parasitus probably
77
Peniculus enters from the town

,
,
At
Epidamnus
of
Menaechmus 216 Menaechmus

to
see and
.
go
the parasite the forum Menaechmus returns

to
213
(
).
at
from the forum 571 compare 590 591 596 597 whence
,
),
(
–
-
at
the parasite had preceded him 446 having lost his patron
in
,
Cylindrus
at
448 449 coquos goes market

to
contio 225
a
).
Knapp
Travel etc Classical Philology
34
of
For the location inns see

,
,
- .
For the inns see Mau Kelsey Pompeii

21
Its
295 see note above

,
,
2
.
).
(
Life and Art 402 404 New York Macmillan 1902

?,
,
-
).
(
He returns at 273 . Peniculus goes to the forum at 667 , saying

(666 ), Properabo ad forum . . . . Since Menaechmus I goes to
consult his friends at 700 , he too probably goes to the forum .
He returns at 899 . At 736 – 737 the wife of Menaechmus I
sends slave for her father that the town The Senex
is
to
,
,
a
.
he
He goes
at
. to
on
at
comes 753 for doctor 875 hence goes
(
.
by
at
the town and returns 882 followed the doctor 889
at
),
,
The doctor goes compare 954
at
his own house
to
956 and the
),
(
Senex follows him
at
956
.
At 226 Menaechmus
of
Syracuse enters from the port with his

slave Messenio and attendants with baggage Their arrival
.
by the Prologist
at
71
peregre was announced 69
:
Nunc ille geminus qui Syracusis habet
,
,
hodie Epidamnum venit cum servo suo
in
hunc quaeritatum geminum germanum suom
.
II 226
They discuss their journey themselves 248 when just

),
(
–
At
off their ship 435 436 Menaechmus orders Messenio
to
.
–
go
meet him
, to
to
inn with the baggage and 437

an
return
to
,
to )
later before sundown Messenio goes the inn

at
445
.
This taberna devorsoria should be the town near the gates

in
,
or
just outside the gates the town but must be the direc
of
in
,
the port
of
of
tion inconvenient collisions characters this

in
if
or be
play are Inns were near the various gates

of
avoided
to
a
.
town inside outside the town naturally enough

of
catch
to
,
,
as
travellers they entered This would explain the fact that

.
right
go
consult his friends

to
Menaechmus can off the

to
I
)
at
on
and Menaechmus can come the left

II
700 from from

(
)
for
he
), At
an
search 701 Messenio had sent inn

to
whom
,
a
.
(
for
. to
558 Menaechmus had gone look Messenio 557

II
at (
as
returning
at
He goes
ad
has been said 701 navim 881

,
966
ompare 878 ompare

at
Messenio comes from the inn

).
(c
(c
987 He goes back for the baggage and the

to
986
it
1035
–
).
money 1035 1037 and returns with Menaechmus

II
),
1050
(
).
Other movements and from the houses

to
are
.
The Miles Gloriosus makes use the the port and

of
forum
,
,
at
go
the town
78
The soldier and his attendants the forum

to
.
72
he
ompare The soldier does not return until 947 when

,
).
(c
announces the completion the business which had taken him

of
to the forum (compare 947 – 950 with 73 - 77 ) . Periplectomenus

says that he wants to go to market ( 738 – 749 ), but, when he
leaves the scene, it is to go to some point in the town to find
and bring a clienta and her ancilla (794 ) . He returns with
them , from the town , at 874 . At 1284 Pleusicles comes on from
the port ; he is dressed as a sailor (1177 – 1196 ). At 1353 he starts

to the port with the girl and the slaves who carry her baggage .
Palaestrio follows at 1373 . At 1428 Sceledrus enters from the
port (note 1432 , postquam porta exierunt . . . .) . Other move
ments are to and from the houses . Finally , we may mention
by
off
, of
the rushing back and forth stage way the hole the
in
wall between the two houses see pages
24
35
above
,
(
)
of .
The Poenulususes port and town The Prologist says Hanno
.
Poenus heri huc portum navi venit vesperi
Is
in
in
,
114
.
.
.
.
At
the port
at at
930 Hanno and his slave come from 950 951
–
gives thanks
he he
the gods for his safe arrival and

to
955 958
–
looking for his hospes 955 present the latter his
to
to
is
tessera hospitalis pretence using
of
958 Further there is
,
a
.
(
the entrance toward the port when the advocati bring Collybiscus
peregrinus upon Lycus compare
to
quasi 600 impose
:
.
, ..
ut (
ad )
650 652 mane portum processimus atque istunc

,
se e
.
.
.
–
At
navi exeuntem oneraria videmus 656 they say ait

,
, .
at
ad
addux
peregrinum te
esse and 658 nos hominem
,
.
.
.
.
imus
.
At 203 Milphio announces the appearance

of of
the two girls

,
Adelphasium and Anterastilis from the house Lycus They
,
of .
the Temple
go
leave the stage the town Venus

at
to
to
to
409
,
because 256 sunt Aphrodisia hodie and 264 erus nos

,
(
)
.
.
.
apud aedem Veneris mantat Lycus and guest Antamoenides

,
,
a
.
the temple Lycus complains bitterly

at
of
come from 449 his

;
Lycus
of
lack success his sacrifices 449 466 At 794 795

in
-
).
goes probably
he
goes consult his friends the forum

to
to
;
He At 821 Milphio announces the arrival

at
returns 1338
.
Syncerastus from the temple Attat fano recipere video

of
E
!
Syncerastum compare also 847 At 1166 Agorastocles

se
(
.
.
.
.
).
sees the two girls returning from the temple Sed eccas video
:
he
ipsas cries
!,
At 448 Agorastocles goes

to
find witnesses compare 447 Ibo

,
(
atque arcessam testis we may suppose that he goes

to
:
.
.
.
.)
At 504 returns from this errand followed by the

he
the forum
,
.
, Rus , and Portus
the
Plays
49
The Use of Forum in
Advocati They ompare
go
. to
at
back the town 816 814
, ,
.
(c
at
Domos abeamus nostras Antamoenides leaves 1359
.)
.
.
.
for the town we may suppose
.
The Pseudolus uses town port and city gate At 380 Ballio
.
he
goes market ompare 169 returns
eo
macellum
to
from
in
;
at ,
)
(c
the market with cook 790 compare 789 erus
,
eccum
a
), (
recipit
, . etducit
and refers coquom
the forum
to
se
domum
pay Harpax
He goes
at
to
coquinum 791 794 the forum
to
ut at
,
,
-
me ergo hac
sis
ompare 1230 Sequere
ad
1237 forum
(c
He warns the audience not expect
to
solvam
to
see him
).
coming back by the exit by which he left for he will come
,
through the angiporta compare also page
37
1234 1235
;
,
-
(
IX
above and Chapter Section

,
7
: ).
At At
ad
561 Simo goes the forum note his words
to
ego
,
ibo
forum Iam hic ero Ballio saw him there 896 899 He
at .
.
(
)
–
returns 1063
.
At 393 Calidorus goes friend ompare 385 393

to
find
;
a
)
–
(c
he
returns probably some point the town

at
694 with
in
from
,
,
at
Charinus Charinus goes find the slave Simia he

to
758
;
,
,
go .
says
he
should his father for Simia

to
at
of
house 730
,
,
's
exit aedibus Pseudolus then meet Simia

ex
at
necdum
to
is
,
a
.
banker the forum ompare 757 764 Pseudolus leaves

in
,
's
).
, (c
He
at
he Nunc
ad
the scene
at
766 said 764 ibo forum

;
. .
.
.
.
returns with the forum At 594

at
of
Simia 905 course from

,
Harpax enters the port At 597 he counting the houses

is
from
.
porta Ballio He says 620 621 Nam equidem

at
find
to
,
a
's
-
.
Athenas antidhac nusquam adveni He leaves

at
to
665
.
.
.
.
go
saying Ego devortor extra portam huc

to
his inn 658 659

,
),
(
tabernam tertiam apud anum illam doliarem claudam

in
,
as
Chrysidem
Simia disguised Harpax must seem
to
crassam
,
,
.
come from the entrance that brings him porta when he comes
,
a
at
Ballio door saying Habui numerum

to
960 960 961

,
,
's
–
(
sedulo hoc est sextum porta proxumum angiportum

in
id
a
:
angiportum me devorti iusserat The real Harpax enters

,
. .
.
.
.
at
from the same direction 1103

,
nothing
to
There show where Simia and Pseudolus take

is
the girl when they leave the scene

at
1051 shouting Ite hac

,
triumphe Ad cantharum recta via At 1246 Pseudolus

,
!
returns from the party wherever

an
was with invitation

it
,
,
for
at
They
go
his master 1327 Simul mecum potatum

),
(i
.
(
)
1334 , probably to the right, for we may surely put the revel
somewhere in the town . Other movements are to and from
the houses .
The Stichus uses port, town , and houses .
At 143 Antipho says to his daughters , Bene valete . Ibo atque
amicis vostra consilia eloquar . He leaves the stage at 145 – 146 ,
for the forum , one would suppose , since that is where the men
of the plays meet their friends . But he comes on later (505 )
with his son - in - law Pamphilippus , who is just returning to
Athens (391 , 415 – 417 ) after a long absence ( 30 , 137 ) , and so is
coming , we may suppose , from the port .
Gelasimus parasitus enters at 155 , goes
off
off at
401 returns
,
off
at
454 goes 504 returns 579 and goes finally

at
at
at
640
,
.
We may suppose him live somewhere the town and accord
to
in
,
ingly use the entrance which lies that direction
to
in
.
At 274 the slave Pinacium enters portu 295 whither his
),
a
(
at
mistress had sent him sunrise 363 365 he had seen ship
a
(
)
–
come with his master Epignomus and the slave Stichus 371
in
),
(
and returns with the news At 402 Epignomus and Stichus
.
enter from the port compare 402 405 where Epignomus

;
,
–
gives thanks for his safe return home He has reached port
.
at
before his brother but Pamphilippus arrives 505 and comes

,
the stage with Antipho who congratulates him

on
on
his safe
,
return 505 507 Antipho appears have met the brothers

to to
(
At , )
–
though
, he he
on
their arrival leave the stage for the

seemed by
any rate
fidicina brought back
at
town 145 had seen

a
.
Epignomus ompare 380 where Pinacium describing the

is
(c
cargo and asks for her long apologus 538 566 Sangarinus
in
),
).
(
–
at
comes from the port 649 compare 649 650

).
(
Stichus does his marketing by back ways compare 449 452

, ,
(
–
on
of
this passage pages

30
35
and the discussions and above

,
Chapter
IX
and Section
in
7
)
.
to

1 .
The Trinummus uses forum and port

At
Luxuria and
,
.
Inopia enter probably from town for that where men spend
is
,
-
money freely luxurious living Inopia sent into the house

in
,
is
.
at
off
dwell with Lesbonicus and Luxuria goes probably

to to
22
,
the town
.
not clear where Megaronides lives whether the stage

23 on
It
,
is
at
he
not and consequently not clear whether comes

or
is
,
it
, Rus , and Portus
51
Plays
the
The Use of Forum in
as
the stage from town
or
of
on
one the houses usual
is
from
,
and natural when senex appears the opening scene see
in
a
(
off
65
page
to
above and page He goes
30
below his own

,
).
him
at
at
house 222 compare 191 Callicles goes there
to
see
(
).
at
614 and Megaronides and Callicles come thence 729
,
.
Stasimus goes the forum 728 compare 727 Ad forum
at to
at
,
(
At
ibo he returns 1008 819 Megaronides leaves for the
)
;
.
hire the Sycophanta ompare 765 795 815 818
to
forum
),
–
-
(c
who proper costume He
at
enters 843 the town
in
from
.
the forum we may suppose
he
returns when leaves the stage
to
,
at
find Megaronides
to
997
.
Charmides comes from the port

at
820 ompare 820 839
)
–
(c
the garb He sends Stasimus for the baggage
of
traveller
in
compare 1102 1104

(
)
:
–
Strenue
curre Piraeum atque unum curriculum face
in
.
Videbis iam illic navem qua advecti sumus .
at
Stasimus goes Other movements are and

to
1114 from the

.
houses
.
The Hecyra uses the port and the town At

76
Parmeno
.
his master Laches calling back 77

of
76
comes from the house

,
,
(
)
–
quaeret me modo isse dicito

ad
Senex portum percontatum

si
. ,
He goes
to
at
adventum Pamphili the port 197 and returns

,
Pamphi
at
the scene with his young master Pamphilus

to
281
.
lus
sends Parmeno back toward the port help bring the

to
at
baggage Parmeno goes pueris curre

Tu
360 compare 359

;
,
, .
Parmeno obviam atque onera adiuta Parmeno and the

is
.
at
slaves return Parmeno says Ain tibi hoc

tu
415 incommodum
,
;
evenisse iter
?
Phidippus and Laches Phidippus

go
the forum
to
at
273
;
est
says Nam iam oportet

ad
quod me transire forum Laches

,
says 273 Eo tecum una At 431 Pamphilus says Parmeno

to
,
,
(
opus est Parmeno goes

of In
443 townward
at
arcem transcurso
,
,
.
course At 449 Pamphilus sees Laches and Phidippus coming

at ;
.
they enter 451 probably from the forum where they went
at
to ,
get
At 726 Phidippus goes

off
273 probably the town

to
,
,
.
nutrix He returns with her

at
at
768 Parmeno comes back 799

;
.
from his useless errand the

to
arx
.

to
from
.
The Phormio uses port and town . At 35 Davos servos enters ,

probably from the town ; he returns , then , to town , at 151 , and
does not appear again .
At 152 Geta servos goes to the port : compare his words at
149 – 150 , sed epistulam
ab eo adlatam esse audivi modo et ad
portitores : hanc petam . He comes in wild haste
delatam
from the port at 179 , to announce his master 's arrival, which
he has seen modo apud portum ( 198 ). Demipho himself enters
from the port at 231 . He goes back to the port to look for his
brother at 462 : he says , Percontatum
ibo
quoad
ad
portum
se
,
recipiat They enter from the port together
at
567
,
.
305
At 310 Geta goes find Phormio parasitus ompare
to
–
(c
he goes the town we may suppose He returns from
to
308
,
,
;
.
)
348 Demipho enters
At
the town with Phormio
at
then 315
,
.
has brought from the forum
he
with three friends whom
to
advise him compare 312 314
;
:
–

ad
ibo
.
.
.
.
hanc rem qui adsient

ad
amicos advocabo
,
sim
inparatu
ut
veniat Phormio
ne
si
.
'
he
us
as
However the way
at to
the forum not clear
to
took
is
,
,
he had gone into his house 314 compare 311 312 and we
),
(
have not seen him since see page above Chapter VII
36
,
,
(
, off
and Chapter Phormio goes

IX
Section his home
at
to
,
7
)
.
440 note his words Siquid opu fuerit heus domo me The
,
,
:
'
.
go
the forum we may suppose

at
to
Advocati 459 they came

;
,
from the forum 312 313

(
).
, he
Antipho had fled 218 toward the town surely when

at
,
saw his father coming 215 218 from the port He returns
, (
)
–
At 566 Phaedria and Geta

to no
go
doubt from the town

at
465
.
at
had promised
he
be
find Phormio home

to
560 562
;
(
)
–
go
Hence they should townward Geta returns

at
440 591
,
(
).
from the town probably

,
.
At
727 Demipho and Geta meet Phormio and pay over

go
to
the money for the dowry compare 650 681 Money

to
him
(
)
-
transactions are apt

( be
settled the forum We find Geta

to
in
. .
saying
It to
of
this one later 859 Phormio modo argentum

. ,
,
. )
..
tibi dedimus apud forum from the forum then that

is
,
.
.
they return 766 after paying the money Phormio comes

at
.
at
from the forum 829 saying 829 830 Argentum accepi

,
,
(
)
–
ut
tradidi lenoni abduxi mulierem curavi propria Phaedria

,
,
The
53
Plays
the
in
Use Forum Rus and Portus
,
,
of
poteretur nam emissast manu Manumission too must take
,
.
see
place Chapter
be IX
of
in the forum Section
The house
4
).
(
see
page
on
Dorio leno has been supposed the stage
32
to
,
(
but how Phormio reached take away the girl
to
above
it
,
are )
not told see page above and Chapter
IX
we
36
Section
7
(
).
to
.
Forum and country are called for two plays Plautus the
of
in
,
Aulularia and the Cistellaria and the Adelphoe Terence
of
in
,
.
At Aulularia 119 Euclio goes some point the town not
to
in
,
compare his words
at
specified 105 108
;
:
–
domo abeundum est mihi
ab
Discrucior animi quia

,
.
Nimis hercle invitus abeo Sed quid agam scio
.
.
Nam noster nostrae qui est magister curiae
dividere argenti dixit nummos viros
in
.
.
.
.
at
He returns 178
.
At Eunomia says goodbye her brother and leaves the

to
176
stage for her home the town probably She came with her
in
,
.
. , at
brother Megadorus from his house 120 ompare 133 134
)
–
of , .
(c
If
not live with her brother the stage

on
or
she does house

in
a
off
at
she goes toward the town that case the slave

In
176
at
her son Lyconides comes from the town 587 and she and
,
Lyconides himself also come thence The slave runs

at
682
.
saying Ibo ut hoc condam

at
home with the pot gold

of
712
,
He comes back
no
There definite evidence

at
domum
is
808
.
the points involved

on
that can find but the whole here

,
I
the scenes which these three characters appear

far of
effect
in
off
seems better they live some locality stage and hence

if
in
,
be
the stage from that place but two

on
come There should

.
the setting
of
as
houses and the shrine Fides then was

in
,
suggested page
ad to 28
on
above
,
he
Megadorus says Heus Strobile

at
goes market 264

,
,
;
sequere propere me Strobilus returns from

macellum strenue
.
at
the forum with cooks tibicinae and food 280 saying 280
,
281 Postquam opsonavit erus conduxit coquos tibicinasque

et
),
apud Euclio went market 274 compare

at
hasce
to
forum
. (
.
.
.
.
he returns from the macellum Mega

at
273 274 373 371

;
–
dorus himself returns from the forum compare Euclio

at
475
;
's
words 473 474 Sed Megadorus meus adfinis eccum incedit

,
a
–
(
hunc non praeterire quin con

et
foro Iam ausim consistam

.
loquar
.
At 676 Euclio goes to hide the pot of gold ; he says ( compare

674 -675 ) , Silvani lucus extra murum est avius,
ibi
... sumam
We may suppose that he goes rus hide the gold
to
locum
.
.
.
.
Lyconides
at
extra murum slave follows him 681 and
,
's
.
returns with the gold 701 compare his account
at
705 711
in
;
.
He runs off 712
as
at
hide the treasure have said Euclio
to
.
from the grove Silvanus
of
on
at
comes 713
.
Other entrances and exits are and the houses and
to
to
from
,
of
Fidei the stage the play
on
and from the Fanum The end
is
.
lost
IOSU .
.
The Cistellaria which defective uses town and country
is
,
, .
At probably with
an
203 Alcesimarchus attendant slave
,
comes from the country compare 225 226 Ita pater apud
,
:
At
villam detinuit me hos dies sex ruri continuos 116
.
.
), .
.
105
goes her mother house compare which
to
Selenium
is
,
(
's
apparently somewhere the town At 148 the Lena leaves
in
,
. .
the stage saying Ego abeo domum She probably goes town
,
ward
.
of by
The deferred Prologue this play
of
spoken Auxilium
is
.
There nothing suggest the proper entrance such per
to
is
a
sonage
.
At 536 Lampadio comes

the stage from the town He says
on
,
.
Anum sectatus clamore per vias
sum Melaenis has been
.
. ( ..
.
at
630 saying 629 630

on
the stage She leaves Ibo domum

,
),
,
–
.
ad
atque parentes redducam

at
Selenium She enters again
for
631 with Selenium and the ancilla Halisca the interval

(
needed here see Chapter VII

Halisca has the cistella 637
,
(
)
).
with the crepundia 709 Lampadio went off again the town
to
(
).
ad
compare 594 Ego He comes

at
625 anum recurro rusum

at ;
back 653 His master comes from the town 774 compare
at
;
.
774 776
-
DE Quid hoc negoti est quod omnes homines fabulantur

,
.
per vias
,
mihi esse filiam inventam Et Lampadionem med foro

in
?
quaesisse aiunt LA Ere unde DE Ex senatu

is
,
.
.
far
be
they can
to
as
Other movements traced are

so
and from
,
,
of
the houses The central part the play hopeless confusion

in
is
.
, .
The Adelphoe uses town and country At

81
Demea enter
.
as
probably rure
is 80
he
enters Micio says 81 Salvom

to
him
;
),
(
-
advenire Demea gaudemus The formula

te
to
one used
,
.
greet a person some place outside the city , not a

arriving from
person who is seen in town every day . Demea lives in the
country ; Micio says of him (45 ) , rure agere vitam . His son
Ctesipho lives with him ; compare Demea 's words at 94 – 95 ,
Si conferundum exemplumst , non fratrem videt rei dare operam ,
ruri esse parcum ac sobrium ? However , Ctesipho had apparent
ly been able to take time from his work in the country , without
his father 's knowledge ,
for
the affair with the girl the city
an in
, .
We may suppose that he enters rure
at
254 such entrance
;
with Syrus announcement his name
of
252 would complete
at
,
's
the identification
.
at
Demea leaves the stage 140 probably for the forum
to
,
,
brought
at do
the business which had the town He returns

to
him
of .
355 having heard more the scandal news
of
which had
,
the morning advenienti ,

as
he
met him
92
came into town
in
,
),
(
buzzing now
be
and with which the whole town would How
. for
Ctesipho knew we are not told Probably Antipho sent
,
him The farm was not far away Ctesipho says rus
;
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
propest 523 compare 524 525 Demea goes find Micio
to
-
(
).
:
He returns without finding

at
510 hence he goes the forum

to
;
Micio Syrus sends

off
wild goose
on
at
540 Demea chase

,
-
.
by
through the town way the note the reference to

of
forum
(
at
he
the macellum He returns

at
573 starts 586 713 and

;
,
,
.
)
says Perreptavi usque omne oppidum portam

ad
715 716
),
,
:
(
ad quo non
35
lacum
,
the girl
at
Aeschinus comes from the town 155 bringing

;
at ,
by
his
he
followed Sannio He leaves again 280 with slave

, ,
is
Syrus and Sannio for the forum he says 277 Ego

ad
forum
;
,
re by
ut
ibo hunc absolvam Syrus called back Ctesipho

is
,
.
.
). . at .
.
iam
he
Ego
as
and says leaves 286 transacta convortam

,
me domum cum opsonio Syrus returns with slaves and food

at
364 ompare 364 371 Aeschinus does not return until 610
.
–
(c
At 299
he
Geta returns from the town

has seen Aeschinus
. 's
:
ompare 328 329 lenone ipsus eripuit palam

ab
raid
, :.
..
..
.
–
(c
hisce oculis egomet vidi Sostrata He goes the town again

to
).
353 He returns with Hegio

at
at
for Hegio 447 Hegio goes

.
.
at
at
he
Micio
to
to
the forum find 512 516 returns with him

;
(
592
.
845
847
see
35For similar passages Eunuchus Amphitruo 1011 1014

;
;
-
–
Epidicus 197 200

.
–
Canthara is sent for the obstetrix at 354 . Oddly enough , she
does not return , but she meets

Aeschinus in the town and
reproaches him (615 –624 ). Other movements are to and from
the houses .
Forum and town are used in three plays of Plautus — the
Asinaria , the Casina , and the Persa .
The Asinaria calls for forum and town , in addition to the
houses on the stage . At 117 Libanus leaves the stage ; he has
ego
at ( 125
, at 108 , Eo
at
Demaenetus goes
ad
said forum 126
,
-
.
ire
saying Sed quid inceperam
ad
ego cesso forum quo Ibo
,
)
ibi
atque manebo apud argentarium He had said 116
,
.
Audin Apud Archibulum argentarium Libanus
tu
ego ero
at ?
.
At
returns 249 267 Leonida enters from tonstrina 343
a
.
)
the town At he leaves find his master Demaenetus
to
380
in
125
he
the forum 116 126 329 367 but since sees the
in
),
,
(
Mercator coming from town he seems the other
to
run
in
,
direction for he says Sed quis hic
Is
378 379 est est
,
),
,
?
–
.
.
.
(
ille est ipsus Iam ego recurro huc 36 At 381 the Mercator
.
.
.
..
enters the tonstrina 343 346 and the balineae the
at in
from
,
)
–
town 357 Leonida returns from the forum 367 407

(
he )
)
.
. he .
At Mercator
to
503 takes the find Demaenetus hence

ompare 486
;
takes the nunciam or ad
to
him forum erum

,
.)
I
.
.
.
(c
not clear whether Libanus goes with him goes back

It
is
at
at
into the house but they both return 545 and 579 584
,
-
Leonida describes the payment the money
, of
the forum
in
Demaenetus returns by back ways from the forum the house .

to
,
next his own 741 744

(
).
At
Argyrippus
is he
Nunc pergam
says
ad
245 forum
.;
,
.
.
.
At Libanus says that his young master

At at
leaves 248 329

.
Argyrippus and Philaenium appear the stage

on
intus 591
.
.
at
Libanus had said 585 586 Philaenium estne haec quae

,
,
-
intus exit atque una Argyrippus They should come from

?
At 746
at
Cleaereta house for she had sent the girl 543

in
,
's
some point
on
Diabolus and Parasite come from the town

in
,
a
. . .
At
At
off
saying opperiar domi

te
827 Diabolus goes ego

,
compare 913 Ibo

ad
at
The Parasite follows 919 Diabolum

;
of of
These entrances are confused and the movements the

,
characters cannot be followed satisfactorily Part the

.
see
similar change direction Mercator 219 222

of
36For
,
a
.
, Rus, Plays
the
of and Portus in
57
The Use Forum
by
by the conjecture
of
confusion removed Havet37 which
,
is
Diabolus who
at
of
thrown out Cleaereta house 127
it
,
is
for is
's
at
goes the forum money and returns with the money
to
245
,
at 746
.
to
.
The Casina calls for entrances and exits and from the town
to
,
as
as
well the stage
on
and from the houses There are
to
.
frequent references
99
rus seven the first scene
to
103 105
in
,
,
(
109 110 126 129 where another slave quarreling with the
,
),
is
of
one actually goes rus
no
vilicus but the course the play
in
,
,
although 781 Lysidamus tells his wife ego ruri cenavero
at
.
Lysidamus enters 217a from the forum where he has been
at
,
as
his
visiting the perfume Shops 226 wife inevitably dis
),
(
compare 236 Olympio vilicus leaves for the forum
at
covers
;
at
Lysidamus abi atque opsona

as
503 ordered 491

,
; ,
.
.
.
.
Lysidamus
at
goes the forum he had said
at
530 526
to
,
.
.
, .
ego He returns 563 from the forum
ad
forum modo ibo

at
.
.
.
.
he
he
At
where has been advocatus 567 569 719 announces

(
).
the return Olympio from the forum Redit eccum

of
tandem
:
opsonatu meus adiutor pompam ducit

.
:

to
The Persa requires entrances exits the forum and the

to
(
pretence using the entrance peregre

at
of
town There least

is
,
a
.
when Sagaristio and the girl come Sagaristio saying

on
to
is
;
her Satin
549 Athenae tibi sunt visae fortunatae atque opi
),
(
parae the previous scene 530 Toxilus had announced

In
),
?
their impending arrival Iam hic credo aderit arcessivit illam

a
:
, :
on off
as
at
navi Sagaristio
go
moves
to
peregre 709 710

if
,
–
.
At Sagaristio comes probably from the town He goes

,
7
.
of
at
at
no
he returns
50
off with indication direction 251

;
,
evidently from his master house 259 260 and describes

),
's
the commission which his master has given him At 53 the

.
parasite comes probably from the town

on
Toxilus sends
,
.
off
home and get his daughter 147 152 and

go
again
to
him
,
),
(
off
at
get costumes from choragus Saturio goes

to
154 160
a
).
(
37See the conjecture the critical apparatus

on
Havet the note

of
in
in
127
,
Pseudo Plaute Le Prix des Ânes Asinaria Texte Établi Traduit par
et
in
d ),
-
, (
Louis Havet Andrée Freté Paris Sociéte Édition

et
Les Belles Lettres

see ,
“
”
(
'
Compare Havet the Captivi Introduction

15
of
1925 edition
,
,
's
).
note 19a above

,
)
.
his
he
At
. He
off
daughter goes
at
164 returns with 329 752
.
the forum with his daughter and Dordalus compare 751 752
to
,
:
–
Sequere hac scelesta feles virginaria sequere hac mea gnata
,
me usque praetorem
ad
.
to
from
.
TWO UNUSUAL STAGE SETTINGS
The Rudens unusual its setting by the sea with the

is
in
,
of
Temple
of
Venus and the villa Daemones near the shore
ompare pages
27
28
above The characters enter from the
,
,
).
(c
by
the city Cyrene and from the port
as of
beach near from
,
,
the city
on
farther the same direction The Star Arcturus

in
,
.
at
on he
speaking the prologue says that rises always the
,
,
5
(
)
by
proper time hic atque He goes say that
to
caelo
in
,
(6
7
)
–
.
night he the heavens among the gods by day
he
walks
is
in
,
among mortals Since he claims that he reports Jove the
to
.
of
perhaps he coming now from the city

21
deeds men
is
,
,
9
(
)
–
for there men are gathered

.
At
Plesidippus enters with friends from the port
as
89
is
by neque quivi
91
ad
shown his words portum

at
lenonem
,
prehendere
.
At
152 Daemones announces the shipwreck Confracta navis

:
At
est
mari illis compare 148 149 156 157 he points out

in
–
).
ad
the shipwrecked men Hac dexteram viden secundum

:
?
to (
Plesidippus and his friends

go
So
litus the beach the

in
,
.
at
direction indicated 159 Palaestra comes from the beach

at ,
at
185 Ampelisca 220 Labrax and Charmides 485 Since

at
the girls
do
do
not find each other and the men not find them
, ,
of ,
be
until after they reach the scene the beach must thought
as
broken and rocky Possibly given

of
on
little this effect

is
a
.
the stage since the two girls hear each other before they meet
,
Trachalio also goes the beach get his

to
to
220 243 779

(
)
–
).
master 774 775but not made clear how he knows where

is
it
,
(
)
–
at
he
At
find Plesidippus returns with him 855 Tracha

lio to
839
;
sent back the beach notify his master friends

in to
ad to
to
is
's
him
meet 856 urbem portum Plesidippus says 855

;
),
..
.
(
Abi
ad
856 sane litus curriculo Trachalio iube illos urbem

in
),
portum mihi
ad
ire obviam Trachalio returns

at at
938
.
.
.
.
The Fishermen passed from the town the sea

to
290 305
–
:
, Rus,
the
Plays
59
The Use of Forum and Portus in
compare 295 urbe mare huc prodimus pabula
ad
Cottidie
ex
,
sea
Gripus returns the
at at
tum from 906
.
.
.
.
, .
Trachalio returns from the town 306 looking for his
master words
ire at
compare his 307 308 nam quom modo exibat
;
,
–
ad
me huc obviam iussit sibi venire

se
foras portum aibat
;
,
ad
At
off
Plesidippus drags Labrax
to
Veneris fanum
. 885
town court compare 859 Ego hunc scelestum ius rapiam
to
in
;
,
at
exsulem Charmides follows 891 Trachalio sent
is
.
.
..
he
after Plesidippus the forum 1200 the city 1223
to
to
;
),
(
)
at
at
goes 1224 He returns with his master 1265 and Labrax
,
.
at
follows 1281
.
Other movements the villa and the temple

to
are and from
.
its
The Heauton also unusual setting which shows two
is
in
,
country Athens compare page
on
of
houses outside road
,
a
(
At 242
32
above Various vicini live near these houses

,
).
.
Dromo and Syrus arrive from the city where they had been
at ,
sent by their masters Clitipho says 191 Nunc servolum

;
,
ad
urbem Clinia misit ego nostrum una Syrum

et
eam
in
. .
(
, )
Antiphila Bacchis
etc
at
ancillae arrive from the town 381
,
, : . .,
At 590Clitipho goes for walk Syrus has sent him

off
get to
a
of
him out the way 587 588 SY Abi deambulatum CL

(
)
–
Deambulatum Quo SY Vah quasi desit locus Abi sane .

?
istac istorsum quovis The direction which Clitipho goes

in
,
not specified
is
Other movements are and from the houses the stage

on
to
his neighbor Phania

on
with the exception Chremes call

of
's
off
who may live ompare

on
the stage the stage

or
169
,
(
(c
his
page neighbors Simus

32
on
above and for his calls

,
),
and Crito who live close by perhaps just out

off
sight stage
of
,
,
(
the country
of
the direction
in
.
CHAPTER V
FIRST ENTRANCES AT OPENINGS OF PLAYS OF

PLAUTUS AND TERENCE
All the plays of Terence have prologues , spoken each by an

actor . The prologues were written to justify Terence 's own
principles and practices as a dramatist. There is nothing to
show the Prologist entered or left the stage.
how
Five plays of Plautus are without prologues : Curculio ,
Epidicus, Mostellaria , Persa , and Stichus . The opening of
the Bacchides is gone . Six plays of Plautus, Asinaria , Captivi ,
Menaechmi, Poenulus , Pseudolus , and Truculentus , have
prologues composed to be spoken by an actor as Prologist , not
as a character in the play . These prologues introduce the play ,
plot , scene , and characters according to the needs of the
individual . They vary greatly in length . The shortest ,
play
that of the Pseudolus has only two verses ; the longest , that of
,
the Poenulus , has one hundred and twenty - eight verses . The
prologues of the Asinaria , the Captivi , the Menaechmi ,
fifteen , fifty -eight , seventy -
six
and the Truculentus cover and
,
twenty one verses respectively The Prologist the Poenulus
of
at -
.
126
he
says Ibo alius nunc fieri volo38 But whence came
,
.
he
whither went we not know The Amphitruo and the

or
do
Mercator have opening prologues spoken by characters

of
these
plays prologue
79
The Miles has deferred 155 spoken

),
a
(
–
.
by the play the slave Palaestrio The Lar

of
character
,
a
Familiaris speaks the prologue

the Aulularia and tells us
of
,
he
of
that comes Euclio house

from The prologue the
(2
3
.
's
)
–
be spoken by Fides compare

88
Casina seems
of to
and
),
1
2
(
(
-
by
the deferred prologue the Cistellaria spoken Auxilium

is
nothing proper
or
to
There the entrance exit

is
154 show
).
(
of
such allegorical personages The Cistellaria has another

.
by
the
prologue spoken Lena who had entered from

),
120 148
(
at
62
the house Alcesimarchus page

of
see below and

,
),
1
(
goes domum some point

The Star the town
to
148
in
.
(
Arcturus speaks the prologue the Rudens since by day

he
to
walks among men perhaps he comes from the town prove

to
,
(7
)
the Prologist see Professor Catharine Saunders

of
38For the costume

.
Roman Comedy
28
22
Costume 41 see note above

in
).
-
(
60
First Entrances of Plays of Plautus and Terence 61
it (see page 58 , above). Luxuria , leading her daughter Inopia ,

speaks the prologue to the Trinummus . She would come most
fittingly from the town , where men spend money in the market
place in luxurious living ( see page 50 , above ).
As has been said , Mercury speaks the prologue of the Amphi
truo (1 – 152 ). Since he is disguised as Sosia , to attend on Iup
piter in his guise of Amphitruo , and since Iuppiter is in the
palace when the play opens, Mercury probably steps out from
the palace , when the play opens , to go on guard before the door .
Sosia comes from the port ( 148 – 149 , 161 , 164a ) , to his master 's
house , at 148 .
the Asinaria , Demaenetus senex comes out of his own
In
house at 16 , with his slave Libanus. This is proved by the
words of Libanus at 362 , Nam me hodie senex seduxit solum
sorsum ab aedibus . . . .
In the Aulularia , as has been said , the Lar Familiaris speaks
the prologue , and states that he comes from Euclio ' s house
( 2 - 3) . Further , he announces Euclio ' s own entrance , when
Euclio appears driving out Staphyla ( 37 - 38 ) , Sed hic senex
iam clamat intus ut solet . Anum foras extrudit , ne
sit
conscia
.
At 120 Megadorus comes from his own house 31 with his
(
)
Eo
sister Eunomia who says 133 nunc ego secreto ted huc
,
),
(
foras seduxi Though she comes from Megadorus house

,
's
.
.
..
she probably does not live there this we infer from the rather
;
formal parting EUN Quid

. at
of
brother and sister 175 176

:
.
tu –
me ME frater Wemay
Et
Num Vale EUN

quid vis
,
?
suppose that she has been visiting her brother and now returns
53
her home another part the town see pages

of
28
above
to
in
,
,
. (
).
The opening
of
the Bacchides lost

is
The Prologist the Captivi shows the two captives

to
of
the
audience Since these two are kept Hegio house compare
in
.
's
(
21
that they were brought

to
suppose
29
reasonable
it
is
,
),
of
that house the opening the play unless they were

at
from
-
placed upon the stage before the curtain went down The
.
Prologist should return them the house when he finishes

to
he 69
speaking the prologue The parasite Ergasilus

108 at
68
enters
,
).
(
At
hunting
his
probably from the forum ground

in
-
announces the opening the house door Sed aperitur ostium

of
Hegio then appears from the house 110 talking

at
to
,
a
.
.
.
.
Lorarius
.
In the Casina , Fides speaks the prologue ( 1 - 88 ), as has been

said (page 60 , above ) . There is nothing to show how Fides
enters or leaves. The first scene opens at 89 with a quarrel
between Olympio vilicus and Chalinus servos. They seem to
come from the house of their master Lysidamus . Olympio
complains that Chalinus follows him about (91 ) , Quid tu ,
malum , me sequere ? Chalinus says , at 102 , Huc mihi venisti
sponsam praereptum meam . The vilicus has come to his
's girl
his
for
master city house to demands push the Casina
at
The two slaves return the house 143 compare
to
106 110
Te ;
(
).
142 OL Abeo intro Taedet tui sermonis CH sequor

,
.
At Lysidamus
of
144 Cleustrata wife comes from his house
,
,
with her maid Pardalisca At 165 Myrrina comes from the house
.
her husband Alcesimus this way the two women are

In
of
as
identified with the proper houses the two slaves have been
,
with the house Lysidamus Lysidamus himself comes from
of
.
236
, by
ompare 226
, at
town 217 241 announced his wife

,
),
,
–
(c
at
213 with the words Vir eccum Incidentally one may

,
it
.
note that the name Lysidamus never occurs the text

is of of
in
,
though the character whom the name assigned
to
the senex
is
personae made perfectly clear and the audience
of
the list
in
difficulty identifying him with his house

no
could have had

in
,
of
his wife and the rest his household39

,
The Cistellaria defective but the opening the first

at
of
is
comes from the house her lover Alcesimarchus

of
scene Selenium
with two guests whom she has been entertaining luncheon
at
.
All this shown by Gymnasium
of
speech thanks for herself

is
's
11
prandio nos lepide

ac
at
10
and her mother the Lena ita

in
,
,
–
ut
nitide accepisti
te
apud semper meminerimus

,
At the opening the Curculio Phaedromus comes

of
from his
,
house carrying wine for Leaena anus next door

78
82
96
,
,
(
–
–
by
He his slave Palinurus who says

followed
is
106
,
),
(1
-2
).
cum
ted
Quo hoc noctis dicam proficisci foras istoc ornatu

cumque hac pompa Phaedrome
,
The only play extant which the first characters come portu
in
Epidicus
As
the the play opens the slave Thesprio

is
is
,
.
by
the slave Epidicus

he
coming from the port followed

is
;
, .
They greet each other by name EP Respice vero

),
3
4
(
–
Lindsay
92
The Ancient Editions

of
Plautus
W
39See see note

M
,
5
.
.
(
of
17
18
above and also pages this dissertation

),
.
Thesprio . TH . Oh , Epidicumne ego conspicor ? At 14 Epidicus

says, ut apud portum te conspexi, curriculo occepi sequi. . . .
Thesprio , as ordered by his master Stratippocles (67 –69) , goes
into the house of his master 's friend Chaeribulus , at 80 . Stratip
pocles , home from his voyage , comes on with Chaeribulus at
104 . They go into the latter 's house at 157 – 158 .
The first character to appear in the Menaechmi is Peniculus

parasitus , who identifies himself at once (77 ) . He probably
comes from the town , as Ergasilus parasitus seems to do in the
Captivi (69 ). Menaechmus I comes from his own house (110 ) ;
he is announced by Peniculus (108 – 109 ) , Sed aperitur ostium .
Menaechmum eccum ipsum video , progreditur foras . Erotium
comes from her own house at her entrance is an 181 - 182 ;
nounced by Menaechmus I ( 179 – 181 ).
The prologue of the Mercator ( 1 - 110 ) is spoken by Charinus ,
who appears , probably , from
his
he
father house had come
;
's
home heri 106 Acanthio servos comes from the port 111
(
)
.
.
He announced by his master 109 110 and followed from
is
is
),
(
the port by Demipho senex

at
225
.
the Miles Gloriosus

at
Pyrgopolinices miles appears
In
1
,
as
apparently from his house he gives orders for the

,
1
4
(
)
-
polishing his shield he way 89

of
72
88
on
his the forum

to
;
,
is
.
(
)
–
79
His slave Palaestrio enters speak the prologue he comes

at
to
;him
Without naming he an
89
88
from the same house

of (
–
).
nounces the entrance Periplectomenus 154 155 when the

,
(
)
–
his
at
latter appears from own house 156 Sed fori concrepuit

:
'
hinc vicino sene ipse exit hic illest lepidus quem dixi senem
;
a
.
of
not given until

of
The name the senex 170 the name less

is
is
;
of
importance than the identification the character with his

house his household and with his social position
,
.
, of
At the opening the Mostellaria Grumio slave from the

,
,
a
country Theopropides
of
of
front
he
town the house

is
in
in
;
,
is
at
yelling defiance Tranio who their master house The

is
in
,
's
the opening
of
scene much like that the Casina Tranio

at
is
, .
comes from the house Grumio who belongs ruri may

or
at
,
6
.
may not have come from the house see page At

67
below
,
(
)
.
at
least the two slaves are once identified with their master
's
at
Philolaches appears probably from the house

84
house
,
.
by
for better identification His coming announced Grumio

is
.
83
82
Nunc rus abibo Nam filium video

),
eccum erilem
(
–
.
corruptum ex adulescente optumo . The name of the adulescens

is not given until 167 .
At verseof the Persa Toxilus servos appears , probably from
1
the house of his absent master Timarchides , whose absence he
announces to Sagaristio (29 – 30 ) , when he gives him an invita
tion to a party (29 – 31). Sagaristio appears at 7, coming along
the street Toxilus and Sagaristio address each other by name
.
at 16. Saturio parasitus comes on at 53 , probably along the
street from the town , for a house on the scene does not seem
to be accorded in any extant play to a parasite . Neither
Ergasilus the Captivi nor Peniculus in the Menaechmi has
in
a house on the stage .
At Poenulus 129 , immediately after the long prologue ,

Agorastocles appears with his slave Milphio , probably from
his house , which was pointed out by the Prologist at 78 . The
girls Adelphasium and Anterastilis come from the house of the
Leno at 210 , announced by Milphio at 203 .
At Pseudolus 3, Calidorus adulescens and Pseudolus servos
appear , probably ,
for
Cali
of
identification from the house
,
at
dorus father Simo Ballio comes from his house 133 driving
,
's
( .
143
156
out his household compare 133 His coming was

,
).
by
Simo senex and his neighbor

at
announced Calidorus 132

.
by
at
Callipho appear
at
415 announced Pseudolus 410 411

,
:
-
erum eccum video huc Simonem una simul
cum suo vicino Calliphone incedere
.
The word incedere suggests someone coming along the street

as
rather than from house40 Otherwise senex making his

,
on a
be a
.
first appearance the scene Simo might expected come

to
,
at
his way
on
his own house the forum which he goes

to
to
from
,
561
.
of
The Star Arcturus speaks the prologue the Rudens but

,
At
of 83
he , he
tell
or
Sceparnio
of
does not how enters leaves slave

,
.
Daemones appears
of
the storm the the results

to
view
,
preceding night evidently comes from his master farm

;
's
At Plesidippus adulescens and his friends

89
house villa
.
(
the sense coming along the street toward

of
of
40For the use incedere

in
; ad
one see for instance Amph 335 Optume eccum incedit me As 403
,
;
.
atque hercle ipsum adeo contuor quassanti capite incedit Aul 473
;
.
.
.
Ba
eccum incedit foro 403 404 sed eccos video incedere patrem sodalis
;
a
–
.
magistrum Cas 562 Sed eccum incedit

et
.
First Entrances of Plays of Plautus and Terence
Terence 65
come from the port

( 91 ) to the Fanum Veneris (94 ) . At 97
Daemones comes ,
apparently from the villa , calling Sceparnio ,
to discuss with him the damage to the house and the necessary
repairs .
The Stichus is unusual among the extant plays , in that two
young matronae are the first characters to appear . There are
seats on the stage (note the mention of a subsellium 93 ) , and ,
Panegyris Pamphila They have come we
sit
and down
,
9
(
).
may
be
sure each from her own house thus they can be
;
,
identified by the spectators Their father Antipho

58 at
once
.
at
evidently vigorously
of he
comes his own house
is
from
;
,
railing housekeeping
on
his own household matter
at
a
58
66
(
–
.)
brings her daughter Inopia and speaks the

on
Luxuria
of
prologue the Trinummus Probably ages

as
have said
,
I
.
(p
50
61
above she comes from the forum and the town where
,
,
),
,
men squander their the pursuit Luxuria of
so
substance
in
,
up
that Inopia takes her abode with them Megaronides senex

.
23
he
he
appears not stated but since
at
Whence comes
is
is
,
a
.
leading part
he
senex with the action should have house

in
,
,
a
a
on
the stage and should come thence see pages and 51

30
, ,
(
at
39
above Callicles senex comes from his residence
).
49 by
Megaronides they address each other by

43
on 44
identified
;
(
)
–
at
name Lysiteles comes 223 apparently from the

at
,
.
at
house his father Philto who enters looking for him

of
276
,
saying Quo illic homo foras penetravit aedibus

ex
se
,
?
(
]
The first character appear the Truculentus Diniarchus

to
is
in
the lead
22
he
but not clear whence comes Since he

is
it
is
,
(
)
.
he
ing adulescens the play

or
of
his father should have house

,
,
see
be
on
the stage but this cannot be proved the

to
case
,
(
41
pages Astaphium
31
above ancilla comes from the house

,
,
).
announced by name
at
of
95
her mistress Phronesium She

is
at .
ancillula by Diniarchus
as
93
and
,
, .
At
28
line the Andria Terence Simo

of
to of
senex comes from

the market with Sosia cocus
of
the door his own house which

,
identified once by his sending into the slaves with the

is
at
it
29
provisions that they are carrying compare

28
Vos istaec
;
,
–
paucis
te
intro auferte abite Sosia ades dum volo Sosia

is
;
:
.
Simo stops moment soliloquize and

go
bidden
at
to
171
to
, in;
,
a
he
then talk Davos whom sees coming from the house

to
to
174
).
(
At the opening of the Heauton the two senes are on the stage.
Perhaps Menedemus comes out first , or is on the stage with his
rastri , when the curtain drops (88 , 92 ). Chremes , then , comes
from his own house at 53 , on hospitable thoughts intent , to
invite Menedemus to spend the Dionysia with him ( 162) .
Clitipho comes from the house of his father Chremes , at 175 .
At
the opening of the first scene of the Eunuchus Phaedria
adulescens and Parmeno servos appear . Since Thais has sent
of for
47
49
he
spite
go
is to
Phaedria and since intends her
to
in
,
),
,
(
his protests we may suppose that he just coming

46
49
),
(
–
he
from his father house Thus
. and Parmeno are immediately
's
At
81
identified with this house the meretrix Thais comes
.
her own house soliloquizing
81
82
of
of
the door but
),
from
(
–
course looking see Phaedria coming
to
is
if
.
At the opening
on
the Phormio
, of
Davos servos comes

,
,
probably from town his friend Geta servos who emerges
to
see
,
by
at
51 announced Davos
50
from his master house Sed
,
,
's
(
)
at
videon Getam After the slaves leave the stage 152 Davos
,
?
at
for the town Geta for the port 153 the two adulescentes
,
appear probably each his father They
as
house talk
,
from .
's
they meet they address each by name

other 154 163 There
;
,
(
)
.
be
nothing sure prove that they come

is
to
to
each from
,
his father house but there nothing against such supposi

,
is
a
's
at
once identify them

do
they
If
tion the audience can

so
,
.
with the proper houses and households

.
the Hecyra Philotis meretrix and Syra anus come from the
In
at
Compare the words

58
of
house Bacchis meretrix Philotis

98 of
.
at
Sed quid hoc negotist Modo quae narravit mihi hic

97
?
–
intu Bacchi The two women are used for this scene only
.
'!
'
They leave the stage and the scene At 198 Laches and
at
197
.
as
probably just
on
Sostrata come from their own house

,
Phidippus Phidippus
at
As
on
comes from his house 243 comes

,
.
he
still talking Philumena who within the house

to
is
is
,
At the opening the Adelphoe Micio senex comes from his

of
,
for
27
own house looking compare

26
his foster son Aeschinus

;
,
-
Storax Non rediit hac nocte cena Aeschinus neque servolo

—
a
!
rum quisquam qui advorsum ierant Demea does not have

a
!
at
the stage He comes rure

81
on
house see his brother

to
,
.
Micio At 155 Aeschinus with the girl and with his slave
,
,
.
point
by
Parmeno followed Sannio leno comes from some

in
,
,
the town to his father ' s house . At 288 Sostrata matrona and
Canthara anus come from Sostrata 's house .
We may now sum up .
Ofthe twenty -six plays that we have , one , the Bacchides ,
its
has lost opening scene the other twenty five we have the
In
-
.
following situations
.
The first characters appear come portu one play the
to
in
,
a
Epidicus
.
the first
of
ab
senex comes urbe his own house scene

to
in
A
one play the Andria

,
three plays the first character

appear comes probably
In
to
parasite the Captivi and
the Menaechmi
ab
urbe slave
in
in
,
,
a
a
of
these plays the next characters
to
the Phormio
In
each
in
appear come from houses the stage

on
.
one play the Mostellaria the first character appear
In
to
,
may come rure the we may say

or
from house The second

, ,
,
.
quite definitely comes from the house

.
one play the Truculentus we cannot be sure whence

In
,
an
the first character adulescens appears upon the stage The

,
.
on
second comes from house the stage

a
five plays Asinaria Aulularia Curculio Hecyra and

In
on
Adelphoe the first characters appear come from houses
to
,
the stage
.
five others Casina Cistellaria Miles Gloriosus Rudens

In
and Stichus the first characters appear come from houses

to
,
the stage we may say almost with certainty

on
eight plays Amphitruo Mercator Persa Poenulus

In
, , ,
Pseudolus Trinummus Heautontimoroumenos and Eunuchus

,
appear come from points unspecified

to
the first characters

probably from the proper houses the stage
on
most cases then the characters first appearing are thus

In
as
promptly identified with definite house and household

,
a
necessary guide the spectators who are watching the play

to
with no list
of
characters before them Plautus and Terence

.
very marked difference this point

no
of
show their treatment

in
dramatic technique
of
.
CHAPTER VI
THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE SIDE - ENTRANCES
Plays Affording Definite Indications of the Significance of

‘ Right ' and 'Left ’ Side- Entrances
have said (page 15 , above) that the side - entrances left and
I
right permitted the actors to enter or to leave as if they were
moving along the street , and I have quoted the passage in which
Vitruvius refers to these entrances or parodi (5 . 6 . 8 : see page 15 ,
above ), quae efficiunt, una a foro , altera a peregre , aditus in
scaenam , but in which he does not tell , what all his readers
then knew , which entrance led in the one direction , which in
the other . This , the important matter , I shall now attempt to
establish by a study of the plays.

The passages in the extant plays which point definitely to a
side- entrance as being to the right or to the left , with clear
indication of the significance of that side - entrance, are few .
These passages are in the Amphitruo , theMenaechmi , and the
Rudens of Plautus , and in the Andria of Terence . There is also
a suggestive verse the Eunuchus of Terence .
in
I mean to study these passages and to test each of them by
an examination of it in the light of the staging of the whole
play in which it occurs , and then to attempt , on the basis of
the scheme for the use of the side-entrances thus provisionally
worked out, to plan the stage-management of each of the extant
plays .
The Amphitruo gives a clear indication of the direction in
which the port is supposed to We cannot completely work
lie
.
of
out the movements the characters this play because there

in
lacuna the text after 1033 and because the divine nature
of is
in
,
a
certain difficulty
as of
two the personae offers However we

,
a
.
go
as
will far we may

.
be
this play and all

of
of
understood the discussion

in
It
to
is
others that the terms right

as
page
19
has been said above

,
),
'
, '
(
the point
as
the spectators
of
and left are used from view

of
,
'
'
of
are the abbreviations

course and
,
L
.
the Amphitruo Mercury

of
At the opening the stage

on
is
,
the palace Amphitruo He

of
before Thebes has come

in
,
,
.
68
the
69
The Significance of Side Entrances
-
61
probably the palace door page above He says
,
from see
).
148 149
(
)
:
–
Sed Amphitruonis illic est servos SosiaId
:.
)
portu illic nunc huc cum lanterna advenit
a
.
At
he
Sosia says 161 that peregre adveniens
of
himself
as is
.
(
of )
195 he speaks coming At 329
at
164a and himself portu
.
ut
he says Lassus sum hercle navi vectus huc sum etiam
,
,
e
:
nunc nauseo
.
.
.
.
Mercury 333 Hinc enim mihi dextra vox auris

at
Now says
,
, ,
ut
Sosia comes from the right Mercury

If
of
videtur verberat
,
who must be facing the spectators Sosia has come from the
,
will
at
spectators left When
he
he
goes find his master
to
462
,
'
.
surely leave the stage by the direction from which he came upon
the stage For his going see 460 Ibo ad portum atque haec uti
,
.
he
So
sunt facta ero dicam meo goes out
L
.
.
.
.
.
( as
Amphitruo
) at
Iuppiter disguised leaves the stage 550
,
.
he
He had told Alcumena that left the legio 523 only

523 524
-
)
(
at
and that he must return compare 527

to
see her once

,
,
:
est
. ne
Nunc legio persentiscat clam illuc redeundum mihi

,
.,
..
.
and 533 exire urbe priu quam lucescat volo He sends
ex
,
'
.
.
.
he
Mercury says Mercury

. At
is to
ahead 543 544 543 544
,
-
(
).
Abi prae sequar

So
on
Sosia iam ego since Alcumena still the

;
,
go
leaves Mercury must

he
Iuppiter
as
stage and can see him

;
,
L
him
follows saying Ibo Mercurium supsequar

et
,
, ),
550
(
.
is L
So
all
clear but difficulty appears

at
So
far once soon

,
Mercury and Iuppiter leave the scene 550 the real Amphi
as
,
(
entering
on
truo and the real Sosia come 551 we must

),
, L,
(
the port Hence there will

be
believe clash there

is
from
,
if
a
.
pause This matter will fully discussed

be
not
an
interlude
or
a
Chapter VII any rate Amphitruo Sosia and the at

At
in
,
.
at
tendants must enter 551 they should enter

;
L
.
At Amphitruo goes his again find Naucrates

to
to
854 ship
:
compare his words 849 quid adduco tuom cognatum

si
in
. ,
. .
. .
? .
huc navi Ego huc

ab
Naucratem and 854

in
,
,
a
.
.
.
navi going
In
find Naucrates
to
mecum adducam Naucratem

.
he
go
leave
should Sosia and Alcumena into the palace
.
.
at L
Iuppiter enters
he
one must suppose since left

at
861
,
,
,
L
L
At
550 967 969 Iuppiter sends Sosia the ship that

Tu to
is
to
,
,
,
–
.
bring Blepharo Compare 967 968 gubernatorem navi

,
a
–
.
huc evoca verbis meis Blepharonem with 949 951

,
–
.
.
.
.
.
Mercury enters at 984 , presumably L , as he left that way ;

he is following Iuppiter . Compare Iuppiter 's words at 880 ,
Mercurium iussi me continuo consequi . . . .
Amphitruo enters at 1009 , from the town , though he left
to . go to the ship ( compare 849 , 854 , quoted above ) ; he says
(1009 – 1014 ):
Naucratem quem convenire volui in navi non erat ,
neque domi neque in urbe invenio quemquam qui illum
viderit .
Nam omnis plateas perreptavi, gymnasia et myropolia ;
apud emporium atque in macello , in palaestra atque in foro ,
in medicinis , in tostrinis , apud omnis aedis sacras
sum defessus quaeritando : nusquam invenio Naucratem .
He does not tell us, however , how he went from the harbor to
the forum .
At Blepharo is leaving the stage ; he came on at some
1035
part of the missing
section of the play , between 1031 and 1035 ,
,
with Sosia from the ship . He says ( 1035 ) , ego abeo , mihi
negotium est . . . . , and leaves at 1038 , but whether for ship
or for town is not shown .
At 1143 Iuppiter goes off , to heaven , saying , . . . Ego in
see
he
caelum migro ( page But neither nor Plautus
44
above
,
).
us
has shown which way leads heaven

to
The Menaechmi shows street Epidamnus with the houses

in
a
II
of
of
Menaechmus and Erotium meretrix Menaechmus

I
.
at
the
of
came from house Erotium 463 465 cum corona 463

(
)
–
At 555 leave the stage

he
he
about says 555 558

to
is
)
:
–
hanc coronam atque abiciam

ad
Demam laevam manum

,
ut quis sequantur me hac abiisse censeant

si
,
.
et [
Ibo potero meum

si
conveniam servom
,
ut haec quae bona dant mihi

di
me sciat
ex
,
He
off
Of
facing
he
takes his garland

is
course the audience

,
.
off
his own left the spectators

to
and goes
so
it
tosses
,
,
R
. L
'
. .
At435
he
go
436 had bidden his slaveMessenio tabernam

in
.
–
opens and
of
devorsoriam The door the house Menaechmus

of
at I
.
his wife and Peniculus parasitus appear talking 559 At

,
561 562 Peniculus says

:
-
Quin taces
tu
Manufesto faxo iam opprimes sequere hac modo

:
.
.
.
.
he
While saying this they are moving toward the house

,
,
is
R
the
The Significance of Side Entrances 71
-
Peniculus continues talking they
of
Erotium and see the
,
.
wreath compare
; 565 567
:
–
Sed eccam coronam quam habuit Num mentior
?
.
hac abiit vis persequi vestigiis
si
Em
,
atque edepol eccum optume revortitur
.
.
.
.
At
this point they see Menaechmus coming
to
They look
.
the right the spectators that their own left Menaech
as
of
to
is
,
,
II
mus had intended that they should Menaechmus had
I
.
ad
ompare 213 Nos prodimus
at
gone the forum 216

to
,
(c
forum He returns thence now soliloquizing bitterly over
,
).
est
his day the forum and saying 599 Ubi primum licitum
in
),
's ,
(
go
properavi He plans
de
abire Erotium
to
ilico foro
to
.
hinc intro abeam ubi mi bene

Si
says sapiam
he
house 603
;
,
(
)
sit
he
As turns toward Erotium house which must be nearer

,
's
.
he
the side from which he entered than his own house sees
, is,
his wife and Peniculus who have come from his house which
is
,
22
the other side the stage see pages above Menaech

23
at
of
,
(
).
by
mus then has come from the side opposite that which
to
I,
his brother left and he comes from the forum Menaech

as
,
,
,
R
mus had laid his false trail This and the passages from the
II
R
.
Amphitruo quoted above very neatly far with the state

fit
so
,
,
of
ment Vitruvius that one side entrance leads foro the other
,
a
-
peregre Vitruvius puts these entrances opposite sides

on
a
We have just put the entrance foro the Amphitruo the

in
;
R
a
entrance portu 149 peregre 161 and navi 329 put

is
),
),
e
a
definitely enough
L
.
The arrangement for the stage the Menaechmi

as
then
in
,
is
follows
:
Le portu
of
of
etc House Menaechmus House Erotium foro

,
R
a
.
The only other reference this play

to
at
direction 837
is
in
,
as
the Matrona
II
to
ab
where Menaechmus refersilla laeva

.
.
.
At 772 773 her father coming

on
rabiosa femina the stage from

,
–
.
his home presumably from the direction

of
the town had said

,
Atque eccam eampse

ante aedis eius tristem
et
virum video
.
However the Matrona had said 775 Ibo advorsum Salve

,
),
(
multum mi pater Evidently she crossed the stage meet

to
,
moving toward the entrance from the forum and the

,
him
town . This brings her laeva , from the point of view of Menaech
mus ; apparently she stays on that side while her father talks
to her and to Menaechmus II.
Going through the play one finds that this scheme works out
satisfactorily .
At 77 Peniculus appears , to call on Menaechmus I. He comes ,
presumably , from town , R . At 217 they go together to the
forum R . At 225 Cylindrus coquos goes to market ( 220 ) ; his
mistress Erotium had said (220 ), Abi et opsonium adfer . He
goes R .
At 226 the stage is clear. Enter Menaechmus II , Messenio
servos , and attendants with baggage , from the port , L . There
is thus no collision with Cylindrus coquos . The travellers are
discussing their voyage and purpose Messenio asks 230its
.,
(
)
.
..
273 Cylindrus
At
quamobrem nunc Epidamnum venimus
?
Bene opsonavi says
he
returns from the market
,
R
(
)
.
, ..
in .
. .
At 446 Peniculus the forum
comes from great disgust
, ,
R
He
at
had left with Menaechmus 217 and had lost him
in
I
the crowd At
II
the forum 555 557 Menaechmus tossed his
in
-
.
garland and went off 558

of
his left
to
course search
in
. ),
,
R
L
(
)
(
, at
Messenio and the baggage

of
the inn This inn must have

At
see
been near the port41 page

47
above 571 Menaechmus
, I
).
(
enters foro time encounter his wife and the parasite

in
to
,
,
R
a
has been said above At 667 Peniculus leaves

as
disgust
in
.
Properabo forum he says going At

ad
for the forum 666

,
R
(
I ):
.
to
goes
an
700 Menaechmus consult his friends act which

,
usually means going he saying

so
the forum and goes

to
,
R
Ibo consulam hanc amicos quid faciendum censeant

et
rem
.
As Menaechmus
as
on
has left the scene

at
soon 700
,
R
I
as
at
comes 701 Menaechmus evidently he left 555

II,
,
L
L
(
558 At 736 737 the Matrona sends Decio for her father
,
–
.
presumably toward the town At 763 the Senex arrives

,
,
R
R
.
.
go
At 875 the father says that he will for doctor Eibo atque
a
potest He should
go
accersam medicum iam quantum the

to
.
off
to
town Menaechmus rushes the ship saying 878

II
,
,
R
–
.
881
)
:
ad
Quid cesso abire navem dum salvo licet

?
Vosque omnis quaeso senex revenerit

si
,
me indicetis qua platea hinc aufugerim

ni
.
34
41See note above

,
.
The Significance of the Side -Entrances 73
He leaves L . The Senex appears at once (882 ) , withoutmeeting

him , for he comes from the town , R , and the Doctor comes on R ,
at 889 . At 899 Menaechmus I himself appears R , probably ,
since he went at 700 presumably to the forum , R , to consult
his friends. At 956 the Senex goes
for
slaves possibly his
to
,
own house the town but possibly
Menaechmus house
to
in
's
as
his own house

to at
nearer the same time the Doctor goes
to
;
,
prepare receive the patient going compare 954 Immo
to
,
R
(
his At
ibo 966 Messenio strolls coming from
on
domum
,
.)
..
.
.
the
to
at
inn meet master compare his words 987
,
,
986
;
:
L
ut
et
Postquam tabernam vassa servos conlocavi iusserat
in
,
ita venio advorsum
.
At the Senex appears whether from Menaechmus

990 house
,
's
off or
his own with slaves who are ordered carry Menaechmus to

,
996
compare
on
the doctor The senex goes ahead

to
,
;
R
.
's
Ego ibo praesto ero illi quom venietis At 1020

ad
medicum
,
, .
:
the slaves perhaps Menaechmus perhaps

to
by of
flee the house

,
off
town they have beaten Messenio who says

to
to
been
;
,
at
his supposed master 1035 1037

,
:
–
Nunc ibo tabernam vassa atque argentum tibi

in
referam Recte est opsignatum vidulo marsuppium

in
.
cum viatico tibi iam huc adferam

id
:
He starts for the tavern and meets Menaechmus his

so
,
,
II,
L
that direction hunting for him

off
own master who has been

in
,
.
at
They come back 1060 merely because the play must be

,
brought they
be
an
So
end and must the stage

on
to
finished
.
the stage disputing when Menaechmus

on
are comes from

I
at
Erotium house 1060 the recognition soon follows and the

;
,
's
play ended As Messenio had said that he would come back

is
be
he
1035 1038 the audience would not bothered when

),
(
of
appeared
of
and the fun and the excitement the rest the play
,
would remove any feeling awkwardness about the return

of
go
the scene Menaechmus who had escaped his

to
to
to
of
II,
ship at 881
,
The Rudens does not have the conventional stage setting

-
be
see pages may well

27
28
58
59
above but
it
studied
,
,
(
, )
here We have not city street but the seashore villa and
,
,
a
a
.
Veneris The movements are and from the temple

to
Fanum
.
on
and the villa the stage see pages

27
28
Daemones above
of
),
-
(
and , as will be shown , the beach and the city , which must be
in opposite directions . The city and the port are in one and the
same direction . The Star Arcturus speaks the prologue ; he
leaves the scene at 82 .
At 290 , the Piscatores , a chorus of fishermen , come from the
town to the sea , thus
the stage : they declare ( 295 )
crossing
that Cottidie ex urbe ad mare huc prodimus pabulatum .
They enter L and leave R , crossing the stage , but stopping
before the temple , at 305 , where Trachalio finds them . He has
come from the town to meet his master at the temple ; compare
307 – 309 :
Nam modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire ,

quom
me huc obviam iussit sibi venire ad Veneris fanum .
Sed quos perconter commode eccos video astare . Adibo .
At 324 the fishermen go on to the beach , R .

At 779
Trachalio goes to find his master : compare Daemones s '
words (775 ), Quaere erum atque adduce . He must go along the
shore, in the direction in which Plesidippus went at 159 , but
how he knows that his master is there is not told : his instruc
tions had been to meet his master ad Veneris fanum ( 308 ) .
However , he evidently brings Plesidippus from the beach at
839, since it is to the beach that he is sent again by his master
for
with a message the friends who had been there with him
855 857
(
)
:
–
Abi
in ad
sane litus curriculo Trachalio

,
mihi
ad
iube illos urbem ire obviam portum

,
quos mecum duxi

.
.
.
.
.
are
The town and the port then equivalents Since the fisher
,
.
go
men cross the stage and the beach

ad
ex
to
urbe mare 295

),
(
as
and the sea are the port was usual believe the
is
in
, ) At ,
,
R
I
L
off
Roman theater 885 Plesidippus drags Labrax court

to
; , .
compare 860 that the port town and Charmides

to
go is
866
,
,
(
-
all
follows
at
891 then
,
L
.
At Sceparnio the villa commenting

89 on
83
servos comes from

,
At Plesidippus comes
on
of
on
the effects the storm with

.
port
on
his way the temple compare his

to
friends from the

,
neque quivi
at
prehendere
ad
words portum
91
lenonem and
,
At
at
Nunc huc
94
97
ad
Veneris fanum venio visere

,
.
.
.
.
75
the
-
all
Daemones comes the villa Later see the wreck 148
,
from
–
.
149 Daemones cries out 148 149
)
;
)
–
est
di
DA Pro immortales Quid illuc Sceparnio
,
!
.
hominum secundum litus
?
156
This dialogue follows 157
:
(
)
–
homines opsecro DA Hac
ad
PL Ubi sunt dexteram
ei
. ,
?
.
. .
viden secundum litus PL Video Sequimini
?
.
(
see
Plesidippus and his friends leave going
ad
then dexteram
(
pages Daemones turned away from the group
27
74
above
If
,
,
, ).
point the right facing along the stage and not toward the
to
to
the spectators right and the men
go
audience the beach
to
is
,
off Sceparnio still watching the wreck and catches sight '
is
R
.
the two girls He says

of
he
163 164 sees them land but one
,
,
).
(
176 dextroversum avorsa malam crucem apparently

in
it
;
, ),
,
(
At
Daemones and Sceparnio
go
then she goes 184 into the
R
.
villa The stage clear

is
.
At Palaestra comes from the beach

185 At 220 Ampelisca
,
, R.
enters The girls meet 233 248 Then moving along the
(
–
. , .
).
AM
on Ad
see
PA
est
shore t hey the temple 254 Ubi dex

(
.
):
their right
as
the temple they come

on
the
If
teram
is
stage facing the spectators they are coming from the specta
,
tors right and the temple since they see not the villa
is
,
,
it,
,
R
R
'
first
At .
Ampelisca waiting front the

of
442 who villa while

is
in
,
Sceparnio looks out over the sea and the

fills her water ug
,
-j
beach and sees Labrax and Charmides coming toward her

.
Evidently Plesidippus
did
not find Labrax Plau

on
the beach
.
of
as
tus perhaps thinks the beach rocky and broken and

,
see
as
part his stage setting

of
page
58
continues this effect

,
-
(
for
did
above Ampelisca not see Palaestra when she first

),
the stage 220 and the girls find each other by sound
on
came
,
(
rather than by sight 229 242 Ampelisca flees for refuge

(
At ).
into the temple again 457 485 Labrax comes dripping

(
).
by
and groaning from the sea followed Charmides they come

;
,
,
as
apparently the girls came over the rocky beach from the
,
right
.
At 906 Gripus comes from the beach with his net compare
;
of
the words his master Daemones 897 898

(
)
:
–
Sed Gripus servos noster quid rerum gerat

miror , de nocte abiit piscatum ad mare .
He enters , then , from
sea
the beach and the At 938 Tracha
,
R
.
himlio
to
on
who had been sent the shore 855 comes behind
,
),
(
he
hence comes
;
is R
.
At 1223 Trachalio sent for his master compare Daemones
's
words
at
1199 1201
:
–
Ego eum adeo arcessi huc
ad
me quam primum volo
iussique exire huc eiius servom ut
ad
forum
,
iret
.
.
.
.
At
ire
Daemones says Trachalio Sed propera
to
urbem
,
1223
in
off
recipe huc rusum Trachalio goes and
et
te
actutum then
,
,
L
returns with Plesidippus
.
Labrax comes also from the port
L
, .
he
at
town 1281 hence too enters

,
;
.
L
be
Terence has passage42 that must
of
The Andria considered

a
this connection Davos has come from Glycerium house

in
,
's
; .
at
bringing the baby 721 722 Mysis ancilla says
:
-
Sed Davos exit Mihomo quid istuc obsecrost

,
?
.
Quo portas puerum

?
He put the baby ante nostram ianuam He

to
tells her 725

(
).
looks along the street and this dialogue follows 732 735
,
):
DA Pro Iuppiter MY Quid est DA Sponsae pater
.
.
?
intervenit
.
Repudio quod consilium primum intenderam

.
MỸ Nescio quid narres DA Ego quoque hinc

ab
dextera
.
by .. .
venire me adsimulabo
.
.
.
He dashes
or
away whether angiportum down the length

of
,
the stage the stage the opposite

on
and comes back from

, ,
strolling casually remarking

on
direction behind Chremes

,
744 745
),
(
Di vostram fidem
,
quid turbaest apud forum Quid illi hominum litigant

!
Evidently
he
he
the impression that coming

to
wishes give
is
the stage We assume

ab
the the forum be

to
to
from forum
.
the spectators point

of
laeva from the actors from view

',
',
R
.
by
Professor Knapp see The American

42
this passage
35 of
For discussion
,
,
a
Philology
29
Journal
of
1914 For the article which this discussion

in
),
.
(
25
appears see note above

,
.
The Significance of the Side - Entrances 77
Now , when Davos said ab dextera , at 734 , he was not facing the
audience : hence his words ab dextera (734 ) indicate space to
the spectators ' right . He gave the baby to Mysis and super
vised its placing ( 730 – 731 ) , glanced along the street (731 ), and
was facing Mysis and the baby , away from the spectators ,
still
as he spoke again (734 ), and leaped away from the door for his
dash along the street to the angiportum or to the side -entrance L ,
to circle the block and return from the right of the audience .
Let us now test this throughout the play . We have at 28 ,
the opening verse of the first scene , Simo and
his
libertus Sosia
coming from the market hence they come Simo leaves
;
R
.
at
the scene 205 without announcing his destination But

,
.
at
Pamphilus having met his father apud

on
comes 236 forum

,
Pam
at
So
Simo went the forum that

to
254 and
is
205
,
at ,
,
,
R
(
).
philus came thence from the forum 236

,
,
,
R
.
300
Mysis
for
she probably goes

at
goes the obstetrix town
to
,
;
At
Charinus and his slave Byrria appear whether from

301 ,
R
.
the stage see page

on
25
third house above from the town

or
,
a
not clear
is
R
Davos went the forum saying At ego hinc

at
226 227
to
,
,
,
R
–
he
At
me conveniam Pamphilum
ut
ad
forum 338 returns

,
.
.
..
at
having been the and Chremes

at
forum 355 house

,
,
R
's
of
town course and reports At 374 Charinus leaves

in
,
.
probably At
he
go
townward 373 374 hence goes

to
404
;
R
(
)
–
.
as
he
Simo returns the

of
was last heard forum 254

in
;
,
R
; ).
At 412 Byrria Charinus slave comes following Simo 414

,
,
's
he the town He leaves

so
find his master

to
at
comes from
,
,
R
.
431
,
, At R
.
459 Mysis comes with Lesbia obstetrix probably from

,
They appear Simo who hear

to
town pass Davos and the

,
R
.
by
, as
chattering they their way

go
to
Glycerium
on
women
's
be
house Simo house then should nearer the entrance

;
,
R
's
.
for
this position fits the arrangement 730 745 discussed above

,
–
see the baby

at
as as
as
there Chremes seems Simo door

to
soon
,
,
's
he
see page Lesbia passes the men

26
on
comes above
,
R
(
).
talking
off
again
as
she goes herself 488

on to
486
,
,
R
.
At
532 533 Chremes comes from town apparently

;
,
At R
off –
he
Charinus
at
goes again
on
then 594 625 rushes

in
,
,
R
despair probably He
he
from home town

or
from comes
;
,
,
R
.
Domi ero At
at
saying
on
goes home 714 740 Chremes comes

,
.
again , from his house , R . At 796 Crito senex comes ; he is recog

nized later (906 ) by Chremes as an Andrian .
At 907 Chremes
him
says to Athenas insolens Chremes sees
tu
at
Quid once
?
that Crito has come from abroad
So
Crito has entered
,
a
L
.
peregre garb At Charinus again
on
traveller 957 comes
in
,
,
, 's
he .
at
he
evidently
as
from home went there 714 Hence comes
.
on
here
R
.
834 835 Pythias ancilla says
at
, of
the Eunuchus Terence
In
–
her mistress Thais who wondering where young Chaerea
to
is
may
be
:
Era mea tace tace obsecro salvae sumus

,
:
Ubi est PY
ad
habemus hominem ipsum TH Em
is
?
.
.
sinist ram
e
(
)
817 When Pythias
at
The two women came from Thais house
,
.
's
facing the spectators says looking toward
ad
sinisteram she
, ,
is
her own left that At 612 Chaerea had started with his
,
is
R
.
friend Antipho for Antipho house change his clothing to

,
:
' ad s
Antipho says 613 Eamus me ibi proxumumst ubi mutes

,
(
Apparently they went

to
vestem then house the town
in
,
a
).
.
(
By dramatic convention Chaerea expected come back

to
to
is
the stage by the side from which Pythias sees

he
left and
so
,
him coming He explains 840 844 that he had not been

,
R
he to )
–
.
get
Antipho
he
wait there because
or
able into house

to
,
's
of
had been afraid being and had

so
seen fled 845 847

,
)
–
angiportum quoddam
In
desertum inde item

,
ita
aliud inde aliud miserrimus

in
in
,
fui fugitando nequi me cognosceret

'
He comes from the town

then
,
,
,
R
We may test this conclusion throughout the play At 224

, .
he
for
the country
at
Phaedria adulescens leaves says 187

,
:
Rus ibo ibi hoc me macerabo biduom and 216 Ego rus ibo
at
,
,
:
atque ibi manebo

.
At 232 Gnatho parasitus enters with girl and her ancilla

,
,
,
R
sent by the soldier Thraso He seems pass Parmeno front

to
in
.
as
At he of
he
as
Phaedria house goes Thais house and again

to
,
's
's
267
be
leaves 288 Thais 283

house then may
,
286
(
).
.
L
's
probably
to
287 Gnatho goes

the town
,
,
R
At 292 Chaerea enters pursuit the girl Parmeno ex

of
in
,
.
him
presses surprise
ex
Miror quid
at
seeing 290 Piraeo

:
(
)
the
-
abierit nam ibi custos publice est nunc However Chaerea
,
,
, .
seems not have come from the Piraeus that not from the
to
is
,
he
side toward the spectators left for was following Gnatho
,
'
and the girl The girl was the property
of
the soldier 132 145
,
(
)
–
.
gift
for
as
and was being brought Thais the soldier
,
from
's
house town we may suppose hence we may take that
in
;
,
it
Chaerea enters
R
.
At
At
391 Thraso and Gnatho enter from town 500
,
R
.
at
Gnatho goes the soldier house 499 500 Thraso had said
to
,
's
–
ut
Abi prae sint domi parata

curre Gnatho answers 500
,
, ),
. .
(
Fiat and goes town At 507 Chremes enters
of
course
to
,
,
,
R
probably This occasions difficulty for we cannot see why
,
R
a
.
he did not encounter the party leaving this point see
on
R
(
Chapter VII At 538 Dorias takes Chremes
to
the soldier
.
)
's
party
go
they
;
R
.
At 539 Antipho
adulescens enters His opening remark 539
–
.
540 Heri aliquot adulescentuli coiimus Piraeo hunc diem

in
),
,
in
he ut
de
be
symbolis essemu need not taken mean that

to
,
'.
.
.
.
came directly from the Piraeus he may enter from town

;
.
At614 exeunt Antipho and Chaerea town At 615 Dorias
to
,
,
R
enters from the soldier house town hence

in
,
R
.
's
At
629 Phaedria returns rure 629 compare 216 He seems

(
)
:
, .
pass Pythias who coming from Thais door before he

to
is
,
's
reaches his own door Compare his words 642 Sed quid hoc
at
,
.
quod timida subito egreditur Pythias He meets her before

?
Dorias reaches her her way down the long stage Dorias
on
.
at
has entered 615 but she does not get into the conversation
,
no
until 656 While elapsed time sure guide the comedies

is
in
,
.
we may well take into account here have supposed Thais

it
's
.
, I
on
house be see the comment above 267 287 Phae

to
,
L
(
to )
–
dria may then enter

he
be seen
It
comes rure remains

as
,
whether this arrangement with the entrance rure will work out
L
satisfactorily the other plays

in
At 727 Chremes arrives from the soldier party

At
739
,
R
.
's
Thais also enters from the party At 771 enter Thraso

's ,
,
R
Gnatho and Thraso army also At 808 Chremes goes

,
R
.
old
get the 807 808 he says

ad
home nurse Thais ego

eo
at
to
,
-
Sophronam ut eam signa ostendem haec

et
nutricem adducam
, , ,
besieging party whose

he
As he goes town pass the

to
should
,
he
members entered but sufficiently

to
now excited have

is
R
forgotten his earlier alarm ( 755 – 770 ) — and the foe is , after all ,
not very alarming . At 816 exeunt Thraso and his army, R .
At 840 Chaerea enters R , from the town (see pages 78 – 79 ,
above ). At 912 Chremes enters R , with the nurse . At 971 the
Senex enters rure , probably L ( see the discussion above , of
629 – 650 , and pages 26 – 27, above ) . At 1025 Thraso and Gnatho
enter , R .
If this staging
fits the particular plays in which we have
these slight but definite indications of direction in the use of
the side -entrances , we have something to go on . This staging
may be further tested by applying it to the other plays . Assum
ing that it is correct , one may go through the other plays and
try to plot the entrances and exits of the characters accordingly .
This I intend to do , taking first the plays of Plautus, then those
of Terence .
The Asinaria shows two houses , those of Demaenetus senex
and of Cleaereta lena , on a street in Athens (see page 16, above ) .

The characters move to and from the forum , the town , and the
houses ( see pages 56 – 57 , above ) .
At 117 Libanus servos goes to the forum , R ; he said at 108 ,
eo ego ad forum . . . . At 125 - 126 Demaenetus senex , when
off
about to go says Sed quid ego cesso ire quo

ad
forum
,
,
,
R
At
inceperam Ibo atque ibi manebo apud argentarium 245
?
.
(
( he
Argyrippus says Nunc pergam

), at
goes
ad
forum
.;
,
.
.
.
108
At
249 Libanus returns from the forum 251

,
248 R43
at
entering he says addressing himself 251 Iam diu est

;
,
R
atque abiisti At
ab
ad
factum quom discesti ero forum

.
.
.
.
barbershop
his on
267 Leonida rushes and

so
from from the

,
,
a
at
compare words
, ut
town 343 Verum tonstrina

in
;
,
,
R
sedebam At 380 Leonida goes find his master saying

to
,
.
.
.
.
He
or
Volo seni narrare goes the rather starts

him to
forum
,
R
R
.
compare Libanus
ad
words Nunc abi

tu
367 forum
to
at
,
(
's
ut
nos acturi sumus But he

ad
narra haec
et
erum sees
..
.
.
.)
coming the Mercator whom the barbershop

he
he
had met
in
therefore runs the other way crying 379 ille est ipsus Iam
,
. ),
.
(
He then
Tu
ego recurro huc hunc interea hic tene goes off

L
.
Mercator he had been

on
and the town the

as
comes from
in
,
,
R
37
43See note above

,
.
tonstrina , 343 , and was going from there in balineas ( 357 ) ,

before coming on the scene . At 407 Leonida enters R , from the
forum ( 367 ) .
At Mercator and Leonida to the forum , R , to
503 exeunt the
find Demaenetus 486 , where Leonida says to the
( compare
Mercator , I nunciam ad erum . . . . ) . Libanus seems not to
, at
have gone at any rate not have gone meet his
all
or
is to
to
,
,
, he
for
at
master with the others though rejoicing the success
,
on
the trick played the Mercator he asks Leonida

of
at
579
,
Argenti viginti minas habesne
he
Apparently and Leonida
?
at
on
return Leonida least comes there
at
the scene 545

to
from
,
,
;
the forum
,
R
.
Demaenetus reaches Cleaereta house by back ways compare
;
's
page
34
above and Leonida statement 741 743

,
:
's
)
–
Angiporto
.
.
.
iit
illac per hortum circum clam ne quis videret

se
,
ne
huc ire familiarium uxor resciscat metuit

:
.
At
746 Diabolus enters from town with money and para

,
,
R
who brings a
syngraphus Diabolus leaves for home
at at
site
, , ,
,
,
R
a
.
At
te
827 s aying ego opperiar domi The parasite follows

,
going compare
ad
919 913 Ibo Diabolum

,
;
R
..
..
As said before 245 Argyrippus states that he going

at
to
is
,
I
intus At
At
the Libanus says that Argyrippus

is
forum 329
.
Argyrippus the house Cleaereta with Phi

of
591 comes from

at
he
laenium Yet verse 127 states that he had been thrown

.
out occupies
of
Cleaereta house and the scene that

in
,
's
he
153 248 future entrance until

she had refused himshould
–
have money Most the difficulty we accept

of
removed
if
is
.
the conjecture Havet44 by which Diabolus who

of
it
is
is
at
thrown out 127 and after the scene with Cleaereta starts
,
try
at for
the forum get money leaving the stage

to
245
to
R
(
the syngraphus with which Diabolus

In
248 that case

.
at
returns 746 the one that Cleaereta herself had proposed

is
at
238
.
set
on
which face the

on
The Aulularia street Athens

in
,
is
Megadorus
of
house Euclio house and the Fanum Fidei

,
,
,
R
L
.
's
The side entrance leads the country the side entrance

to
R
L
-
-
see
page
28
leads the forum and the town above

to
,
(
).
37
44See note above

,
.
At 119 Euclio goes to a point in the city ; compare his remarks

in 105 - 108 :
Discrucior animi, quia ab domo abeundum est mihi.

Nimis hercle invitus abeo . Sed quid agam scio ,
nam noster nostrae qui est magister curiae
dividere argenti dixit nummos in viros . . . .
Eunomia and her brother Megadorus come, from Megadorus's

house ( I think ) , at 120 . Eunomia leaves at 176 , using the
formula of farewell that implies that she is going farther than
the house or even than next door ; compare 175 - 176 : EUN .
Quid me ? Num quid vis ? ME .
28 off
Vale . EUN . Et tu , frater .
So she , apparently , lives the scene somewhere the town
in
,
off
and goes 53
61
see pages above
, ,
,
,
R
(
).
At 178 Euclio enters from town ompare 105 108
; ,
R
–
(c
At
off
264 Megadorus and Strobilus servos
go
quoted above
R
).
Megadorus says Heus Strobile sequere propere me
ad
macel
At ,
lum strenue 280 Strobilus returns from the market ,
,
R
.
with Anthrax and Congrio coqui servi with provisions and

,
, ,
,
he
at
with two tibicinae says 280 281 Postquam opsonavit

;
erus conduxit coquos tibicinasque hasce apud forum edixit

et
; ,
Megadorus
At
mihi
at
475 enters from the forum 473
,
R
.
.
..
Euclio had said Sed Megadorus meus adfinis eccum incedit

,
a
of
Euclio has come out his house with the pot gold
of
foro
.
and wants put the shrine Fides but Megadorus

to
of
is
in
in
it
the way Euclio says 474 Iam hunc non ausim praeterire
),
.
quin consistam conloquar

As Megadorus comes the
et
from
.
at
must meet Euclio compare his words

he
town Sed
,
,
536
;
R
eccum adfinem ante aedis Quid agis Euclio At 579 Mega

,
?
.
off
At
off
into his own house Euclio may now

go
dorus goes
;
582 583 he says Nunc hoc mihi factust optumum ut ted

,
,
-
auferam aula Fidei fanum ibi apstrudam probe He goes

in
, ;
,
saying
ad
into the shrine Ibo fretus tua Fides

te
at
586
,
fiducia
.
Lyconidis
At
587 servos enters from the town he has been

;
,
R
by
sent his master watch the situation At 608 Euclio

to
624 be
at
the temple
he
comes from but dashes back again

,
mihi nunc The point

of
ab
cause corvos cantat laeva manu

.
direction here not important Any sound

sudden any
in
is
direction would send him off again After his encounter with
.
the
-
he
the slave the shrine must find another hiding place com
in
;
-
pare 673 675
:
-
Nunc hoc ubi apstrudam cogito solum locum
.
Silvani lucus extra murum est avius
,
crebro salicto oppletus Ibi sumam locum
.
At
This lucus Silvani evidently ruri 676 then Euclio goes
,
is
.
He
as
out rus goes probably
this direction opposite
is
,
,
L
.
that which the city lies At 681 Lyconidis servos goes

to
of in
in
pursuit will be convenient goes .
he
It
Euclio here for
if
,
L
.
at
once Lyconides and his mother Eunomia enter probably
R
Ly
.
They are going see Megadorus compare the words
to
of
:
at
conides 685 Fac mentionem cum avunculo mater mea

,
.
691 they hear the girl
as
But they pass Euclio house

at
,
,
's
crying out childbirth Eunomia goes into Megadorus

in
's
.
house Lyconides stops look for his slave but follows

at
to
695
,
.
he
has run ahead
at
at
Eunomia 700 The slave returns 701

;
,
L
.
Euclio has stolen the pot gold after Euclio had hidden
of
of
it
,
and had left and has then reached the town before Euclio
,
The slave goes with the pot apparently

at on
701 712
to
,
,
,
R
(
, ).
the town crossing the stage 712 Euclio enters then behind
,
,
.
at
this explains the slave haste when

he
him 713 glanced

;
,
L
's
coming
as
behind him and saw the old man the slave leaves
;
ut
the stage he Attat

hoc ipsum
at
712 cries Ibo eccum

,
!
he
As crying out
at
condam domum Euclio enters 713

,
is
.
he
he
As
wildly over
his
as
loss goes his own house passes

to
Megadorus house his screams attract the attention Lyconi

of
,
's
des who that house Lyconides comes out have put

is
in
,
I
.
the house Megadorus passes the way

of
on
Euclio then
to
it
L
.
his own the entrance rure

if
is
,
L
.
At 807 Lyconidis servos enters having hidden the pot

of
,
L
at
gold home
no .
There absolute proof that the entrance leading rus

is
is
,
L
stage anagement the play seems

of
but the work out best

to
-m
opposite natural
ad
the entrance rus that This

is
if
to
urbem
is
a
.
enough arrangement
.
of
of
The opening the Bacchides lost The setting the play

is
requires street Athens The entrance leads the port

to
in
,
a
right we have the

to
and sequence across the stage from left

in
Apollo Bacchis house Nicobulus house and then

of
shrine
,
,
's
's
finally the entrance to the forum and the city , R (see pages 21 ,
45 , above ).
From the first extant scene it is evident that Bacchis 's sister
had come from abroad . She entered , then , L ; compare 107 , nam
uti navi vecta 's , credo , timida es.
At 100
off
Pistoclerus goes market compare
97
town
he to
to
;
,
,
R
Ego opsonabo At 109 enters from the market again
by ,
.
.
.
, .
ompare 109 114 130 131 followed Lydus servos
),
, ,
R
.
–
–
(c
the
170
, At
Chrysalus servos enters traveller garb from
in
,
,
L
's
port journey compare words
as
his 170 177
in
from
–
a
:
Erilis patria salve quam ego biennio
,
,
postquam abivi conspicio lubens
hinc Ephesum
in
.
Saluto vicine Apollo quiaedibus
te
,
,
propinquos nostris accolis veneroque
te
,
ne Nicobulum me sinas nostrum senem
priu convenire quam sodalem viderim
'
Mnesilochi Pistoclerum quem ad epistulam

,
Mnesilochus misit super amica Bacchide
.
He Apollo first apparently the first object
as
of
hails the shrine

,
he
on
that sees his entrance and then meets Pistoclerus who

,
,
comes from Bacchis house 179 As Chrysalus says 205 206
),
's
–
).
proxumae viciniae habitat Bacchis The house Nicobulus of

(
).
should be next door

.
At
off
Nicobulus find Mnesilochus 347

to
348 goes for

,
,
,
iit ,
R
)
as
Chrysalus said 347 Mnesilochus deos atque amicos

),
(
At 367 Chrysalus
ad
goes off
to
salutatum forum too find

,
,
.
384 Lydus servos goes

At
Mnesilochus
to
the forum find

in
the father Pistoclerus see 382 384 probably town At

to
of
),
,
R
, (
385 Mnesilochus enters from the forum 347 At 405 Lydus

R
).
returns with Philoxenus probably

senex the town
,
,
from
R
Lydus and Philoxenus

go
off probably
At
499 the town

to
,
,
R
.
At 573 parasite enters with puer 577 probably from

,
,
a
town At 605 they leave probably At 612 Chrysalus

,
R
R
.
enters from the forum ompare 344 347 366 367

,
R
)
–
-
.
(c
At 770 Nicobulus enters from his house Mnesilochus had

.
him
him
at
found there 525 and had given the gold compare

,
530 where Mnesilochus says Reddidi patri omne aurum

,
to ).
at
But 348 Nicobulus had apparently gone the forum

to
find Mnesilochus doing was acting

he
on
the information
so
in
;
by
Chrysalus Nicobulus not

at
given 347 did fact

If
to
him
in
.
go , or if he went to the forum and returned , we have a point

missed somehow by the dramatist . Plautus is usually careful
in plotting the movements of his characters .
At 842 Cleomachus miles enters from the town , R . At 904
he goes off R , saying ( 902 ) , Abeo ad forum . . . . At 1060 Nico
bulus goes R , saying , Ego ad forum autem hinc ibo , ut solvam
militi . At 1076 Philoxenus enters, R , apparently from the
town . At 1087 Nicobulus returns in deep disgust from his
meeting with the soldier in the forum ( 1096 – 1098 ) : he enters ,
then , R .
The scene of the Captivi is a street in Aetolia . The setting
has one house only , that of Hegio . The side-entrance L leads
to the port and perhaps also rus ; the entrance R leads to the
forum and to the town . There is no apparent reason why the
house of Hegio 's brother ( 126 , 194 , 508 ) should not be on the
stage , but it appears to be off the scene; it is probably to be
thought of as toward the forum , R (compare pages 20 , 38 - 39,
61, above ).
At 69 Ergasilus parasitus enters from the town , R . At 191
Ergasilus leaves R , for the forum ; compare his statement later ,
at 478 , Nam
uti dudum hinc abii , accessi ad adulescentes in
foro . At Hegio and Philocrates go off R , to the forum and
460
the town ; Hegio said at 449 – 450 :

Sequere me , viaticum ut dem a tarpezita tibi ,
eadem opera a praetore sumam syngraphum .
The stage is clear . Then enters Ergasilus from the forum (461 :
compare 478). Whether he met the departing Hegio does not
matter . He is still on his quest of a better dinner ; since the
him
for
making the port He crosses

he
forum failed
is
,
now
.
port
at
the stage leaving for the Compare his words

at
497
,
,
,
L
496 497
–
hinc est illic mi una spes cenatica

ad
Nunc ibo portum

;
:
ad
ad
decollabit redibo huc asperam

ea
si
senem cenam
,
At 498 Hegio returns from the forum and from his brother
,
,
R
's
ad
compare his words abii praetorem

ad at
house 505 Tandem

,
(
protinus He has
at
and 508 fratrem inde abii

,
.)
..
..
.
..
.
brought Aristophontes from his brother house 508 515

).
's
He
at
takes the town

to
him back 767

,
,
R
.
off
Tyndarus was sent
, to
the quarries first the smith
to
to
,
be
loaded with heavy irons then the quarries extra portam
to
,
that rus Hegio orders thus 733 736
is
,
:
-
.
)
Hippolytum fabrum
ad
Abducite istum actutum
:
iubete huic crassas compedis impingier
;
ad
inde extra portam meum libertum Cordalum
lapidicinas facite deductus siet
in
.
.
.
.
Since Tyndarus
go
be the smith before they
to
taken extra
to
is Tyndarus then
be
portam the smith shop must town
in
,
,
is
.
At 's
taken Rat 750 768 Ergasilus enters excitement and haste
in
.
as Hegio has gone
at
from the port 767 Hegio enters
,
,
,
R
R
L
.
at
at
781 He must judge that the parasite has been the port
.
by
he
the direction from which sees the parasite approaching
, .
Compare 788 Sed Ergasilus estne hic procul quem video
,
?
and Hegio Ergasilus at
837 Nescioquem portum
ad
to
remark
,
's
ubi Ergasilus
es
nactus fastidis finally

eo
cenes tells him

at ;
,
.
the port
he
that had been 872 876

:
(
)
–
Nam filium
tuom modo portu Philopolemum vivom salvom
et
sospitem
in
,
vidi publica celoce ibidemque illum adulescentulum
in
Aleum una Stalagmum qui aufugit domo

et
tuom servom
,
,
qui tibi surrupuit quadrimum puerum filiolum tuom
, .
At
Ergasilus Hegio answers Facere

ad
894 says Vise portum

,
certumst and goes

Puer goes At
after Hegio com 921 ;
,
a
L
L
.
pare 919 must meet Hegio

he
That once does not matter45

at
.
.
At
922 Hegio Philopolemus Philocrates and Stalagmus arrive

,
all together from the port At 950 Hegio sends for Tyndarus
,
L
.
At Tyndarus the quarries

he
998 enters from hence comes

;
he
be
rure perhaps though had left

to
to
taken the smith

,
R
L
45a
see page
39
750 above
,
:
.
(
give Ergasilus
45
an
This puer scene really only interlude perhaps

to
is
,
-
time change his rôle See Henry Prescott Three Puer Scenes
to
in
,
.
-
of
Plautus and the Distribution Rôles Harvard Studies Classical

in
,
Philology
in 21
39
.
.
the Captives see note 19a above

of
45
Havet his edition tabulates

,
,
(
that play
13
14
Introduction the movements the characters On

of
in
in
,
.
-
states that Tyndarus taken away par

14
page he ruelle mediane 750

la
is
"
"
.
the stage
78
14 on
page
of
The same statement made the translation

in
is
Similarly Havet states that Tyndarus

on
directions page revient

in “
.
.
.
.
par ruelle mediane 998 and the stage direction after 996 the trans
la
of ,
”
-
95
lation age repeats this statement For the discussion the evidence
,
.
)
(p
for the exit rus and the entrance rure see pages 104 105 below
,
.
-
The Casina shows a street in Athens, with the houses of

Lysidamus and Alcesimus ; the side -entrance R leads to the
forum ( see pages 21 - 22 , 57 , above ). At 217a Lysidamus senex
enters R , from the forum . There he has visited perfume -shops
226
at
( 241 and has had drink 245 this early hour
,
236
),
's .
At 503 Olympio vilicus goes market compare Lysidamus
to
;
,
R
Lysida
At
at
at
order 491 abi atque opsona and 501 530
,
At .,
.
.
.
.
mus goes the forum 563 Lysidamus enters from
to
526
R
)
.
he
; At
the forum where has been advocatus cognato 567
,
,
R
.
(
)
720 Olympio returns from the forum with Chytrio cook
,
R
a
compare Lysidamus 719 Redit eccum
words tandem at
,
's
opsonatu meus adiutor pompam ducit
.
:
Sicyon
of
on
The Cistellaria set street The houses

is
in
a
.
Alcesimarchus The text
and Demipho
badly are shown
is
.
be
damaged and the entrances and exits cannot completely
made out The side entrances lead the country and the
to
L
31 -
.
At
62
see pages says

32
54
town above 105 Selenium

,
,
,
's ,
R
(
).
her mother
at
She goes
ad
Nam matrem accersita sum

to
116
,
,
, .
house probably the town At 148 the Lena says Ego

to
,
,
R
.
abeo domum and goes

,
,
R
.
At
to
149 Auxilium arrives speak the deferred prologue There

,
nothing show where she enters leaves At 203 Alcesi

or
to
is
he .
marchus enters from the country perhaps

at
says 225 226

;
,
,
L
Ita pater apud villam detinuit me hos dies sex ruri continuos
..
.
.
At 304 Alcesimarchus goes off apparently town

to
to
see
,
,
,
R
Quid faciam Gymna

At
he
Selenium mother 301 had said

,
.
?
's
sium answered 301 Ad matrem eiius devenias domum

,
(
.
.
.
, .
At
536 Lampadio servos enters coming along the street 534

; ,
says 536
he
recta platea from the town Anum sectatus

),
),
R
(
he
At
sum clamore per vias 625 goes pursuit once

in
R
..
.
.
At
old
more 629 630 Melaenis says Ibo

of
the woman 594

,
).
(
–
ad
domum atque parentes redducam Selenium She leaves

,
R
.
After 630 the stage was empty butMelaenis returns

at
to
once
it
,
631 see Chapter VII with Selenium and her maid Halisca
at
,
R
(
At 653 Lampadio returns again from futile interview with

he ,
,
R
a
the
At
old
woman 655 656 finds the cistella which Halisca

–
.
as
dropped she and Melaenis Alcesimarchus house ran into

's
when the latter dragged Selenium into Demipho house

it
.
's
see page At 774 Demipho

be
32
should then above

,
, ,
,
R
).
comes home compare 776 LA Ere unde DE Ex senatu

is
,
,
;
R
?
.
.
The scene of the Curculio is a street in Epidaurus. The side

entrance leads peregre ; then we see the house of Phaedromus ,
L
the Fanum Aesculapi , and the house of Cappadox leno . The
see
side- entrance R leads to the forum and the town ( pages
28
–
29
At
Curculio parasitus arrives running
45
46
above 280
,
,
,
L
).
–
peregre At 275 Palinurus servos had said Estne hic parasitus
,
.
qui missust Cariam
in
?
At
At
371 Lyco tarpezita enters from the forum 462
,
,
R
a
.
Choragus enters probably
be
since his shop should the
in
,
,
R
see
and his monody which merely
an
forum fills interval
(
Chapter VII deals with the Forum Romanum At 486 this
),
.
monody closes there the Choragus says linguae moderandum
;
,
nothing
he
he
est mihi show whither goes when
or
There to
is
.
goes but we may suppose that
At he
goes toward the forum
,
R
again when his song finished Lyco goes probably
,
526
is
R
R .
, .
At
533 Lyco enters again with Therapontigonus miles

. ,
,
At
apparently from the town 553 Lyco leaves probably

,
,
R
R
.
off
At 588 Cappadox goes the town see the banker

to
to
,
,
R
ompare 679 685 At 679 Cappadox returns from the town
,
).
–
(c
having seen the banker 679 685 At 727 Cappadox and

,
R
for (
; ).
at
money
go
the soldier the town 721 722 we have this

to
dialogue
:
CA
TH
Ad
te
CA Tume sequere Quo sequar tarpezitam

.
.
?
meum
ad
praetorem nam inde rem solvo omnibus quibu debeo

,
'
.
set
The Epidicus
on
street Athens The left side

in
of to is
the port On the stage are the houses

of
entrance leads
.
Periphanes and Chaeribulus The right side entrance leads

-
.
Apoecides may
62 be
the forum
63 on
and the town The house

to
of
.
see
the stage pages

22
46
but that uncertain

is
,
,
,
,
(
above
)
.
At Epidicus servos enters following Thesprio servos from

,
,
1
the port he says

ut
at
apud portum conspexi

14
te
Nam
;
curriculo occepi sequi At 104 Stratippocles adulescens

..
.
.
at
enters with his friend Chaeribulus from the port 126 127
;
,
,
L
Epidicus says Advenientem peregre erum suom Stratippoclem

,
impertit salute servos Epidicus At 166 enter Apoecides and

.
Periphanes probably from Periphanes house since they are

,
,
at s
'
ante aedis when Epidicus sees them 186 Since Epidicus

.
appears to be coming from the city in search of Periphanes ,

Chaeribulus ' s house should be R ; Epidicus says to himself at
195 , itaque adsimulato quasi per urbem totam hominem
quaesiveris .
At 305 Apoecides goes to the forum , R ; Epidicus says of
Apoecides at 358 , is apud forum manet me, and at 303 Apoecides
had said , Ego visam ad forum . Epidicus follows him , R , at 377 .
Epidicus says at 371 - 374 , Iam ego parabo aliquam dolosam
fidicinam , nummo conducta quae
sit
quae emptam simulet
se
,
,
quae senes duo docte ludificetur Eam ducet simul Apoecides
ad
.
At
tuom patrem 394 395 Apoecides enters from the forum with
.
he –
At
be
the girl 422 returns the forum advocatus
to
to
,
.
423
.
(
At 437 the Miles enters with slave probably from town

,
, ,
,
R
a
.
At
R he
At
goes off probably the Fidicina
to
492 town 516

,
R
.
goes off the town whence she was brought

to
; at
395
,
,
.
At 526 Philippa enters peregre adveniens 533 hence she
,
At 606 Periphanes goes the forum find )

to
comes
to
,
,
R
L
he ( .
Epidicus Epidicus
At
605 612 613 610 enters from town
;
,
,
R
).
–
says lora vidi ibi

at
612 Periphanem emere aderat una

, ;
,
Apoecides At 621 the Danista enters the port

from
, ,
L
; ..
.
.
girl compare
53
to 55
At
with 620 621 647 the Danista goes

,
a
At Peri
or
whether the town the port not clear 666

to
is
; .
phanes and Apoecides return from the town compare 605

,
,
R
612 613
.
-
as
The Mercator shows the stage set street Athens The

in
a
side entrance leads the port and perhaps the country

of to
to
,
L
-
Demipho Lysimachus
to of
There are two houses those and

,
at .
The right side entrance leads the and the town

to
forum
-
23
39
40
63
large see pages

34
above
,
,
,
,
.
(
)
–
At
Charinus enters speak the prologue He comes

to
,
1
as
probably from the house

he
his father Demipho

of
had
,
, 106
come home from voyage the day before heri

,
a
).
(
At
111 Acanthio servos enters portu 109 At 218 Chari

,
a
L
.
(
)
for
nus starts Acanthio objects

the ship this saying 219
to
,
),
(
.
L
Si
istac ibis commodum obviam venies patri Hence

,
.
, .
R .
; .
Charinus hastily swings about run the other way he says

to
At
off
Hac ibo potius He goes

at
at
222 then 224 225

,
,
,
R
.
Ad .
Demipho the port He

at
enters from says 255 portum

. L,
,
. .
hinc abii mane cum luci semul

.
.
At 282 – 283 Lysimachus sends a slave to the farm ; he says at

277 - 278 :
I tu hinc ad villam atque istos rastros vilico

Pisto ipsi facito coram ut tradas in manum . . . .
The man probably goes off L .

At 326 Lysimachus says , Ad portum propero . . . . ; he leaves
L at 327 . At 329 Demipho turns Lto go to the port , but sees
Charinus coming, evidently from the port , L ; he says , 328 – 330 :
Quin mihi quoque etiamst ad portum negotium .

Nunc adeo ibo illuc . Sed optume gnatum meum
video eccum . .. .
335
At
At Charinus enters the port 468 Demipho
,
; L,
from
.
at
the port
he
go
portum
ad
leaves Ibo
to
to
466 had said

,
,
,
L
.
At
472 Charinus starts away from his father house saying
.,
..
's
He hailed by Eutychus
ad
ibo medicum going and

is
is
,
R
, .
474 with Mane mane opsecro Charine Eutychus has been

),
,
(
!
listening the door At portum
ad
he asks Visne eam
at
486
,
?
If .
He goes
at
pause interval here not an

or
498 there
is
,
,
,
a
L
right Lysimachus returning

he
must dash into his father who

is
,
port
at
from the with the girl 499 The dramatist does not
,
,
as ,
L
take care this situation he did that 217 222 quoted

at
of
(
-
above The passage discussed further Chapter VII

is
in
)
.
.
At 582 583 Demipho says Lysimachus
to
Quid stamus
,
?
–
ut
Quin ergo imus atque opsonium curamus pulchre simus

,
?
go
They 587
at
R
.
, At
598 Charinus sees Eutychus running portu compare

a
666 Eutychus starts

At
and starts meet him

498
to
486
,
,
,
L
L
)
town hire crier and get search warrant 663 665

to
to
to
R
)
–
, .
At 667 Dorippa wife Lysimachus enters from the country

of
If ,
probably the entrance rure meeting between

is
,
a
L
L
.
Eutychus and his mother avoided here but difficulty

is
such
,
a
at
was not avoided 498 499 though was avoided

at
217 222
it
,
–
the discussions above

see At 692 Lysimachus enters from
,
R
(
).
Demipho have purchased food and

he
the forum where and

,
have hired cook Egomet conduxi coquom says Lysimachus

,
a
:
at
697The cook and attendants enter from the forum

at
R
.
mi
at
741 the cook says 741 742 Agite ite actutum nam
;
,
-
amatori seni coquendast cena The cook leaves the food

at
the
.
the
off
at
the unhappy Lysimachus and goes
At
feet of 782 797
,
R
.
Lysimachus says Ibo
ad
forum atque Demiphoni haec eloquar
,
He goes 802 At 787 788 Dorippa sent Syra for her father
at
–
..
..
, .
Syra goes 803 and says Era quo me misit
at
she returns
;
,
R
R
ad
patrem non est domi rus abisse aibant

,
.
805 Eutychus returns
At
from town saying Defessus sum
,
R
urbem totam pervenarier
.
.
.
.
.
At Demipho bidding
an
830 Charinus enters from house
,
's
his
to
the gods
of
elaborate farewell Athens household and
to
,
,
he
of
everything else that can think After lyric outburst
to
so a
.
he
858 863 actually starting away and turning

is
is
,
L
(
)
–
when Eutychus sees him They perform
an
864 866 elaborate
(
).
extravaganza
an
duet farewell and remonstrance and

of
in
,
Eutychus
at
finally into Lysimachus

go
house 956 reference

,
's
's
.
departure
ad
the black that threatens
Charinus
to
cloud
's
be
sinisteram 879 need not taken literally The scene would

(
)
.
Demipho house and Lysimachus
to
work out best

if
seem
is
L
's
's
see page
23
above
is
,
R
(
)
.
At 802 Lysimachus goes the forum find Demipho

to
to
,
,
R
ompare 797
at
return they
957
,
,
R
:
.
of )
(c
The scene the Miles Gloriosus street Ephesus The

is
in
a
adjoining houses Pyrgopolinices and Periplectomenus are

of
of
by
connected party wall The side entrance leads the

47 to
a
-
.
port that the forum and the town see pages

48
24
36
to
,
,
,
,
R
63 above
,
.
)
At the Miles says his parasite Artotrogus Videtur

72
to
.go ,
At
At
ut
tempus they
78
ad
esse eamus forum 874

.
.
.
.
Periplectomenus enters from the town with Acroteleutium

R
and Milphidippa
.
At 930 931 Palaestrio says that he will

his
master Ego
go
for
,
-
He returns with the soldier

at ad
forum illum conveniam

.
.
.
.
At the port He must

as
947 Pleusicles enters

1284 from
, ,
L
.
.
by
have left the house back way though that not stated
is
at ;
a
he
we have not since went into the house dress

to
seen him
At
IX
page and Chapter

, 36
1196 see above Section 1353

,
7
).
(
Pleusicles goes the port with the girl and her attendants
to
At ,
L
At
and her baggage 1372 Palaestrio goes the port

to
,
.
.
L
1427 Sceledrus and the slaves return from the port

L
see .
page
24
The Soldier house the other house

,
,
is
R
(
L
's
above At 361 Palaestrio says Sceledrus who guarding

to
is
,
).
the soldier 's door , Respicedum ad laevam . . . . , as the girl

comes out R , from the other house . Compare 1216 ; there
Milphidippa and Acroteleutium come from the house of Peri
plectomenus , to see the soldier and Palaestrio before the
soldier 's door : MI
. Era , eccum praesto militem . AC . Ubi est ?
MI . Ad laevam . AC . Video .
The scene of the Mostellaria is a street in Athens. The side
entrance L leads to the country , probably , and the port . Then
come Simo' s house , the house of Theopropides , and the side
entrance R to the city (see pages 24 , 34 – 35 , 40 , above ).
The play opens, much as does the Casina , with a quarrel
between two slaves , one of whom is outside the house shrieking
a challenge to the other , who is in the house . The one slave ,
Grumio had probably been driven out of the house by the other
,
in the course of the quarrel ( see also pages 63, 67 , above ) . At
82 – 83 he says, Nunc rus abibo . Nam eccum erilem filium video
. . . . Grumio leaves, then , L , at 83 . At 84 Philolaches enters , prob
ably from the house of his father Theopropides , possibly from
the town .
At 66 –67 Tranio servos says , . . . Ego
ire
Piraeum volo in
,
vesperum parare piscatum mihi
in
At 312 enter Callidamates Delphium and attendants

,
,
,
R
from the town they are coming from party where Calli
,
,
a
:
damates says 316 ita me ibi male convivi sermonisque tae

),
(
sumst At 313 314 Callidamates sends attendants back with

–
.
him
come for
to
orders later they leave

;
R
.
At the Piraeus compare 67

66
348 Tranio enters from

;
L
)
–
, he
, At
says erus advenit peregre 431 Theopropides

at
353
,
..
.
, .
with slaves At 528

he
enters goes off townward

,
R
L
At 532
at
he
the Danista enters

from the forum 534 says
,
,
,
R
mani noctem usque At 541 547

ad
foro dego diem

in
A
-
.
.
.
.
Tranio sees Theopropides coming back from the town Tranio

;
asks 547 Unde His master answers Conveni illum unde

,
,
is
?
(
hasce aedis emeram At 654 the Danista leaves probably for

,
.
the town At 853 Simo goes the forum he says Eo ego

to
;
,
,
R
R
.
ad
hinc forum
.
he
At
to
so
858 Phaniscus servos enters meet Callidamates

;
At
comes from the town 885 Pinacium enters similarly

,
,
R
R
.
At Theopropides says Tranio Nunc abi rus dic me

to
928
,
advenisse filio At 930 Tranio says aside Nunc ego me illac

,
,
.
The Significance of the Side - Entrances
per posticum ad congerrones conferam ; he goes at 932 in the

direction proper for going rus . If he goes L , he probably does
not pass Theopropides ' s house ; if he does pass the house , he
should run into Phaniscus and Pinacium as they wait in front
of it . On the other hand , Theopropides , who is before Simo ' s
house , hears them , turns R , and so does not see Tranio ' s evasion .
Simo 's , then , , the
see
, 24
house other ( page above
,
is L R
, , ).
of At
at
993 the advorsitores leave Phaniscus had said 989
. to R,
.
Theopropides
he
those had expected house find
in
's
Alio credo comissatum abiisse Abeamus nunciam As Theo
.
go
propides watching them sees Simo coming 997
he
off
is
,
R
–
At
998 Simo says 998 foro incedo domum 1041 Tranio
),
A
(
).
.
, he
he he
enters The direction from which comes not clear
;
is
.
as
at
he
should enter probably departed 932 but since

,
,
L
had released those who were waiting the house 1047 he

in
,
(
)
may even come from the house itself At 1122 Callidamates
.
enters possibly from town He had been released from the

,
house with the others Tranio says 1046 by the ostium

as
,
),
(
est
quod angiporto
see pages
24
34
35
40
horti
above and
in
,
,
,
(
Chapter Where they went then not stated

IX
Section
is
,
7
.
. .
)
At
sic
1129 Callidamates says Hic apud nos hodie cenes face

,
, ,
stage
on
The adverb hic need not refer house the because

to
a
Callidamates has just congratulated Theopropides

on
his safe
At
1181 Callidamates and Theopropides

go
return peregre off

,
.
the house the former

In to
of
,
R
the Persa the scene shows street Athens The left

in
a
side entrance leads the port Then come order the house
to
in
-
of
of
Timarchides
the absent master Toxilus and the house
of
),
(
Dordalus The right side entrance leads the forum and

to
leno
, -
.
above At Sagaristio servos

64
the town see pages

24
25
35
,
7
-
).
(
as
probably he seems
to
enters stroll along the street from

,
,
R
the town At Sagaristio goes off perhaps

50
the town
to
,
his ,
R
.
his
he
next appearance reports

on
an
since interview with

master 321 323
(
)
-
.
At
as
53
he
Saturio parasitus enters probably seems

to
,
,
R
come along the street from the town At 164 he departs

,
,
R
.
go
home for his daughter and town for the costumes com
to
to
pare 147 148 TO Propera abi domum praemostra docte

;
,
,
–
.
.
.
.
praecipe astu filiae and 159 SAT IIódev ornamenta

,
,
.
.
.
. .
Aps chorago sumito

TO
.
At 251Sagaristio enters again , from his master 's house in the

town , R ( 321 - 323 ) . At 272 Paegnium puer enters from the
house of Dordalus . Since Sagaristio , coming from the town , R ,
calls to him to wait , and asks if Toxilus is at home, the house of
be R , and the other L
see
(271 – 277 ;
25
Dordalus should page
,
At
above 329 enter Saturio and the girl from town At
,
R
)
.
.
437 439 Toxilus buys his amica from Dordalus and directs
,
–
be
that she town and freed and then brought
to
taken
is
to
back done travorsis angiportis and per hortum
All this
to
is
him
.
444 446 hence the side entrances are not question here
in
;
( (
)
-
At
see page above and Chapter
35
Section
IX
549
,
, ,
7
).
Sagaristio and Saturio daughter enter properly costumed
;
's
coming from the port Sagaristio interview
as on as
they enter
is
if
L
.
ing the girl her first impressions Athens At 710 Sagaristio
of
by.
off
goes the port slip back the garden later

to
to
if
,
,
,
L
At
ompare 677 679 738 Saturio enters possibly from the
,
he no .
)
–
(c
port but since arrangement has been made for special

,
a
him
At 752
as
costume for may come from the town

if
,
,
R
.
he
At
off
goes Dordalus and the girl praetorem

ad
with
,
,
R
.
777 Dordalus enters from the forum
,
R
.
as
The Poenulus has the scene set street Calydon with

in
,
a
two houses The left side entrance leads the port Then
of to
-
.
Lycus Agorastocles .
of
come the house and the house the

;
,
right side entrance leads the forum and the town pages
to
see
(
, -
At 409 Anterastilis and Adelpha

49
64
25
48
above exeunt
,
,
-
).
the Temple Venus the town At 448 Agorastocles

of
, to
sium
in
, ,
.
at
he
goes town find witnesses 447 says Ibo atque

to
to
,
R
arcessam testis
.
.
.
.
449 Lycus leno enters the temple followed pres

At
from
,
,
,
R
ently by his guest Antamoenides 470 At 504 Agorastocles

(
).
enters the town At 515 the Advocati enter

from from
,
,
,
,
R
R
.
the town presumably moving over the left that they may
to
,
later be coming from the port At 650 652 the Advocati

to
seem
–
.
ut
ad
say mane portum processimus atque istunc navi

,
e
.
.
.
exeuntem oneraria videmus At 675 678 they aremoving

-
.
.
.
.
over At 709 710 they are front Agoras

of
of
the house
in
R
.
him
They call him out At 711 they say

ad
Specta
to
tocles
,
.
, .
Lycus goes
At
to
dexteram His house then 795 consult

is
,
R
.
his friends this usually involves going the forum At

to
—
,
R
.
823 Synceras
At
816 the Advocati leave for home the town

,
,
R
.
tus , a slave of Lycus , enters R ,e fano (821) , that is, from the
town .
930
At Hanno Poenus enters from the port with slave
,
,
,
L
presence not
of
and attendants the the Phoenician slave
is
(
proved until the next scene 1141 1144 when the slave finds
,
-
his mother the nutrix Giddenis
,
)
.
At 1174 enter Adelphasium and Anterastilis coming from
,
the temple As they pass their way Lycus house
on
to
,
,
R
.
's
by
they are stopped Hanno and Agorastocles 1211 Lycus
).
(
returns He has been telling his troubles his friends
at
to
1338
.
1339 thus he enters Antamoenides leaves probably

;
,
,
,
R
R
(
.
at
1359
.
The scene the Pseudolus shows street Athens The

of
in
a
.
side entrance from the port the left Then we have Ballio
to
is
's
-
.
house Simo house Callipho house The right side entrance
,
,
's
's
-
.
29
64
the town see pages 49
37
50
leads the forum
to
and
,
,
,
,
(
to –
At
above 952 Pseudolus points out Ballio house Simia
,
)
's
.
est
who comes from the town Pseudolus says Tertium hoc
;
.
Ballio house then should be the first scene Calidorus
In
,
L
's
and Pseudolus appear come from Simo house and stand

to
to
,
's
before the house while Ballio admonishes his slaves 133 229
(
)
–
.
passes Calidorus and the
he
When Ballio starts for the forum

,
him
slave they 241 264 and talk

to
call 265 380

to
him
;
–
-
, . . ). .
Ballio finally leaves the stage
go
at
to
380 macellum 169

in
,
to R
At 393 Calidorus goes

off
probably find certain friend

,
,
R
At 561 Simo leaves the stage

ad
At
saying ego forum ibo

,
,
,
R
At
594 Harpax enters the city gate the port

,
from from
-
L
he
for
looking dixit
at
Balliohouse 597 596 597 says

;
,
.
..
's
eru meu miles septumas esse aedis porta ubi ille habitet
a
'
. '
at
he
At
leno 665 Harpax goes the inn 658 says Ego

to
;
,
,
,
L
..
.
devortor extra portam huc tabernam tertiam

in
.
..
.
. At
694 Calidorus enters probably with his friend Chari

,
,
,
R
go go
nus At 758 exeunt Calidorus and Charinus the

to to
to to
,
,
,
R
town get man from Charinus the

to
house then
,
a
's
At
banker 757 Pseudolus says hominem

to
756 them
,
.
.
.
.
–
At
ad
ad
exornatum adducite me iam tarpezitam Aeschinum

.
at
he says
ad
Pseudolus goes 764 Nunc ibo

the forum
to
766
,
:
forum At 790 Ballio enters with cook from the forum

,
a
..
.
.
.
At
905 Pseudolus enters from the forum ompare 764

At ,
R
).
(c
At 913 1051 Simia and the girl

go
off
ad
Simia follows him

,
.
At
via
perhaps
to
cantharum recta Charinus house 1063
,
R
.
's
he
Simo enters from the forum compare 561 896 897 As
,
(
)
–
.
position see Harpax coming back
on
he
to
comes
is
in
he ,
R
L
stands talking with Ballio
he
as
1101 says
1101 Sed
),
(
(
quis hic homo est chlamydatus 1103 Harpax enters
at
Then
,
?
At
from his inn extra portam 658 1237 Ballio takes Harpax
).
at (
he
ad
me ergo
sis
says Sequere
ut to
the forum 1230 forum
;
,
,
solvam R
ompare As he leaves the stage he says
to
1236
,
), )
.
(c
ne
the audience 1234 1235 Nunc exspectetis dum hac
; -
.
.
.
(
res
via
gestast angiporta haec certum est
ita
domum redeam
:
For this passage see page
of
37
consectarier discussion
,
a
.
and Chapter
IX
above Section
,
7
.
At
coming probably
on
Pseudolus enters
1246 , drunk
,
R
he
brings to Simo the party

an
since invitation
to
from which
Simia was taking the girl At
at
1327 Pseudolus says
to
1051; .
Simo Simulmecum potatum at 1334 Simo and Pseudolus
, ,
to (i
)
off
probably the party

go
,
R
.
its
as
The Stichus shows scene set street Athens The
in
a
.
left side entrance leads the port we
of
the house
to
then see
;
-
Epignomus next that Pamphilippus Anti
of
and next that
of
,
pho The right side entrance leads the town see pages 29
to
(
-
.
30
35
50
65
above
,
,
,
,
).
At 143 Antipho leaves probably for the town since he

,
,
,
R
At
says Ibo atque amicis vostra consilia eloquar 155 Gelasimus

,
the parasite enters probably from the town Crocotium

,
's ,
,
R
.
of
as
themaid Epignomus wife Panegyris meets him he enters

,
by
him
for
she had sent 196 look her mistress

to
been
;
R
(
)
As he goes Epignomus
of
This seems throw the house

to
in
L
.
that direction then Gelasimus sees coming from the port

,
,
, ,
L
Epignomus 270
At
of
Pinacium slave 274 Pinacium enters

,
a
, ).
(
the port note his words portu adporto

at
from 295 Tantum

;
bonum At 401 Gelasimus goes off homeward probably

,
,
R
.
.
.
.
at
though he says 400 Ibo intro That expression regularly

is
.
as
entering houses the stage But we know

so
of
on
used far
,
,
a
.
parasite does not have lodging facing

on
house the stage

or
a
Further Gelasimus repeated entrances and exits seem

to
,
's
furnish part this play

of
of
the amusement
.
At
402 Epignomus and Stichus with attendants and baggage

.
enter from the port compare 402 418 and especially 416
;
,
,
L
sed
417 heri ambo uno portu fuimus mea hodie solutast

,
nam
in
97
the
-
navis aliquanto prius At 454 Gelasimus enters from the
,
,
R
.
at he
town 504 leaves again consult his friends 503
to
in
, ;
),
(
town
of
course
.
At 505
Antipho enters from the port with Pamphilippus
,
, L,
his .
at
He had left the stage presumably meet
to
143
,
R
'
friends At 579 Gelasimus enters again from the town
,
,
,
R
'.
649 Sanga
he
At
, at
assume 640 goes off again homeward

;
,
I
.
rinus enters from the port
of L,
.
The scene the Trinummus shows street Athens The
in
a
.
left side entrance leads the port peregre On the scene are
to
,
-
.
Philto the house Charmides where Callicles
of
house now
is
,
,
s
, '
by
living apartment
of
an
with used Lesbonicus son

in
it
,
its and possibly the
posticum
of
Charmides which has own
,
, ,
,
a
Megaronides
31
65
see pages The side
30
house above 36
of
,
,
(
, ).
entrance right leads the forum and the town the side
to
entrance left the port Lesbonicus posticulum may

to
194
's
)
.
an
angiportum the two houses but this not

on
open between
is
,
see pages At
31
50
51
It 65
30
36
above Luxuria
so
stated
,
,
,
,
1
(
).
enters with Inopia her daughter not stated whence

is
,
, 31
they came perhaps pages 61
30
50
from the town see
,
,
,
,
R
At -
leaves the stage perhaps for the

22
above Luxuria
,
R
, ).
forum where one might well expect look for her

to
, .
. At
says Ad
at
he
728 Stasimus servos leaves 727 forum

;
to ,
R
ibo
he
At 819
at
Megaronides goes the forum said 815

,
,
;
R
Ego sycophantam
de
iam conduco foro

.
.
.
.
the
At
as
820 Charmides enters port traveller

,
,
from from
to a
L
foreign parts Megaronides who went off

at
town 819
,
,
R
.
long monody
of
course did not meet him Charmides with

,
a
.
or
deliver over his safe return has not reached his house
to
has not entered when he sees the Sycophanta hired by

—
it
Megaronides coming exag

an
840 the town

in
from
,
,
R
(
At 840
of
gerated version travelling garb 841 Charmides said

,
.
–
est
Sed quis hic qui plateam ingreditur novo ornatu

in
cum
specieque simul At 997 the Sycophanta leaves very
in
,
at ,
R
a
?
report Megaronides he says

to
to
bad temper 995 996

;
,
,
ut –
qui mihi tris nummos dedit

ad
Ibo illum renuntiabo sciat

,
perdidisse At 1006 1007 Charmides looking after the

se
,
–
.
Sycophanta sees Stasimus coming huc plateam He recog

in
,
At
at
nizes Stasimus 1055 1059 Stasimus says Eo domum

,
.
, .
Charmides calls Heus ilico audi Stasimus answers

tu
asta
,
!
sto
Heus ! Non Stasimus started into the angiportum
If
tu
!
before he Charmides the angi portum should be the
to
saw
,
right point
no
course be calling
of
of
the house There would
in
,
,
.
he were going into the front door the house before
of
if
him
,
which Charmides himself should be standing
, .
by
Stasimus sent the port Charmides who says 1102
is
to
–
1109
)
:
Strenue
curre Piraeum atque unum curriculum face
in
.
Videbis iam illic navem qua advecti sumus
.
Iubeto Sangarionem quae imperaverim
curare ut ecferantur ito simul
tu
et
,
.
Solutumst portitori iam portorium
:
nihil est morae ambula actutum redi
I,
,
.
.
[i
]
At Lysiteles appears from

at
Stasimus leaves 1114 1115

L
.
no
interval the text shows
as
Philto There
so
house far
is
,
's
but Lysiteles says 1120 Modo me Stasimus Lesbonici servos

,
(
domi have stopped
on
convenit Stasimus should then
,
,
.
..
.
(
be
his way the port and Philto house should This matter
to
L
.
's
will Chapter VII

be
discussed more fully

in
Athens
of
The scene the

shows Truculentus
street
in
a
.
the port and probably
to
to
The left side entrance
leads the
,
,
-
country the street that

of
on
Two houses front the meretrix

,
.
and that Strabax father The right side

of
Phronesium
's
31
the forum and the town see pages 41

42
entrance leads
to
,
(
-
At He
65
22
above Diniarchus adulescens enters the

is
,
).
the stage after the Prologist goes His

on
first character seen

.
house seems not be the stage pages

31
65
on
above
to
see
;
,
,
(
he may enter then from the town

,
,
,
R
At 313 atque haec

ad
Truculentus servos says ibo forum

,
.
.
.
at
he
facta narrabo seni and 314 goes somewhere One

—
,
.
.
.
.
the forum but

at
at
he
he
would suppose that goes 669

to
once
,
seems come the house looking for his young master

to
from
,
him
and we have not seen return from the forum Perhaps

.
an
his words idle household threat before

at
he
313 were
,
the door threat not be carried out Perhaps

to
slammed
,
a
.
go
at
he did 314 return later and enter the house without

to
,
speaking Such procedure would however be distinctly

,
,
a
, . .
pages
of
on
unusual See the discussion Phormio 311 314

,
-
101 112 below

,
.
The Significance of the Side Entrances 99
At 447 Diniarchus leaves , probably for home (588 ) , and ,

since he seems not to have a house on the stage , we must sup
off
the town He appears again
, at
pose that he
goes 699
to
,
,
R
, .
.
At
482 Stratophanes miles enters the port with
,
from
L
he
says 497 498 Nunc amicam decumomense post
ad
at
slaves ,
. ,
;
.. -
At 549
he
Athenas Atticas viso says Quis hic homost
,
.
)
qui inducit pompam tantam Cyamus servos then enters
,
?
..
, .
.
Diniarchus with gifts At 630 Cyamus
of
from the house
,
R
.
At
644 Stratophanes leaves probably
go
to
to
leaves the
,
,
,
,
R
R
.
town
At .
he
645 Strabax enters from the country probably says
;
,
,
L
me iussit pater At 669 Trucu
ire
Rus mane dudum hinc
..
..
lentus comes the house Strabax father though he had
of
from
,
was going
's
see the dis
he
announced 313 that the forum

at
to
(
At
cussion above 775 Callicles appears with two ancillae ,
,
. ).
who are bound He probably enters since there nothing

,
, is
R
31
suggest stage
on
house for him the page above

to
see
a
be ).
(
Why
he
appears not clear except that the scene must

is
played the stage motive for his appearance could have

on
A
.
the fact that one

of
of
been made the women Phronesium

is
's
tonstrix and that develops that she gave the baby who was
it
,
daughter but this point

to
born Callicles Phronesium

to
is
,
's
of
not pressed audience the excitement

The the scene
in
,
.
which one for comedy

grim this type m ight not look
is
of
,
a
for motive for the appearance

on
the street Callicles with

of
a
not brought until the

on
the two women Phronesium

is
.
women have gone and Callicles has left the stage At 838 839
,
–
.
Callicles says Solvite istas Agite abite

tu
domum
tu
si et
autem
,
,
.
Eloquere haec erae puerum reddat quis eum

tu
domum
,
:
.
go
petat The Tonstrix then house

to
Phronesium
to
is
,
,
,
R
's
.
probably At 893
at
and Callicles goes homeward 848

,
,
. ,
,
R
Stratophanes enters probably

,
,
R
country road
of
The scene the Heautontimoroumenos

is
,
a
of
of
outside Athens There are two farmhouses those Chremes

,
.
nothing
of
and Menedemus There definitely the

to
is
show
.
or
the open country

of
of
supposed direction the city that

,
But since the audience was used finding that the side
to
,
be
the right led the city this may well

on
entrance the case

to
here the left side entrance then may lead out into the country
;
,
-
did
regularly However very little use

as
think made
it
is
,
I
.
in this of either side-entrance (see pages 32 , 59 , 66 ,

play
above ) . Chremes 's house may be on the left , nearer the open
country . At 731 - 732 Bacchis is saying to her maid , Mea Phry
gia
audistimodo iste homo quam villam demonstravit Charini
,
?
ad
PH Audivi BA Proxumam esse huic fundo dextram
ad ?
.
.
she says this the next house
If
as
Bacchis faces the audience
,
at
should be the left the audience that case
of
dextram
in
:
ruri would The word demonstravit does not necessarily
=
L
.
indicate that the house was actually pointed out
to
the women
they came along That the word demonstro was used
as
in
a
of .
by
very general way giving directions shown Pseudolus
is
594 595 There Harpax stranger who had never before
,
,
a
–
been Athens 620 621 looking for Ballio house says

in
),
,
(
's
-
Hi atque regiones quae mi ero sunt
ab
594 595 loci sunt hae
),
(
ego oculis rationes capio quam mi ita dixit

ut
demonstratae
,
eru meu miles At 169 170 Chremes goes remind his
to
'
'
–
.
.
.
.
neighbor Phania that he come for the Dionysia

to
dinner
to
is
al ,
but having
he
been told that Phania has

, his at
returns once
,
gone The text does not show the location

to
ready house
.
say that near compare

of
Phania house
farther than
to
is
it
;
's
169 hunc vicinam Phaniam The word vicinus generally

is
,
.
, of
as
neighbor immediately hand Menedemus

at
of
used
is
it
,
a
we know that Menedemus had bought

at
180 nostrum vicinum

;
54
the farm proxumo hic

in
.
(
)
At 242 Syrus and Dromo enter from the city probably

,
,
R
.
At 381 Bacchis enters from the city with Antiphila and
,
,
R
attendants
.
At 502
he
Chremes goes tell certain vicini that cannot

to
help them settle boundary dispute that day compare 498 502
;
a
:
–
negoti mi obstat Simus Crito

et
Paullum
:
vicini nostri hic ambigunt de finibus

;
me cepere arbitrum ibo dicam ut dixeram

et
,
:
eis
operam daturum me hodie non posse dare

;
,
continuo hic adero

.
He returns
of
no definite indication the direc

at
508 There
is
.
he
tion which went but these vicini are country neighbors

in
,
if
for
590 Clitipho goes

At
we may put them off stage walk

,
a
L
direction unspecified He returns

at
805 Other movements

in
a
are and from the houses

to
.
its
as
The Phormio shows scene set street Athens The

in
a
.
the
-
the port then we see the houses
of
left side entrance leads
to
;
, -
Demipho Chremes and Dorio the right side entrance leads
;
,
-
At
33
the town see pages Davos
32
52
53
35
above
to
,
(
)
–
off
servos enters the town At 151 Davos goes
to
, from
,
,
R
R
.
at
saying farewell
to
the town Geta who 152 goes the
to
,
L
port
at
he
said 149 150

;
:
Sed epistulam ab – audivi modo
eo
adlatam esse
portitores
ad
hanc petam
et
esse delatam
.
179
At
off he
Modo apud
at
Geta enters the port says
,
,
from 198
:
L
portum At 218 Antipho goes running panic His
in
,
R
.
.
.
.
.
who has just returned peregre coming
at
father and 231
is
,
,
,
L
enters from the port
, , ,
L
.
At 309 Phaedria who has been ordered find Antipho
to to
,
starts with Geta who going townward find Phormio
is
R
.
he
Phaedria slips into Dorio

as
door passes Dorio house

it
's
's
be
as
should suggested above

,
is
R
.
his )
he
, At
off
at
314 Demipho goes into house 311 314 had

;
-
said

ad
devortar inde ibo

;
amicos advocabo ad hanc rem qui adsient

,
ut ne inparatu sim veniat Phormio

si
,
.
'
He
at
next appears the forum with the advocati 348

,
from
.
nothing
he
he
left his house how

or
to
There when
is
show
reached the forum Since Geta and Phormio enter from the
R
.
at
Demipho comes
go an
town interval needed here

if
is
315 from
,
be
his house the forum This matter will discussed

to
to
in
.
Chapter VII Chapter

IX
and Section
in
,
7
.
At
off
saying
Si
to
Phormio goes
440 homeward Geta
,
,
,
, ,
R
quid fuerit heus domo me At 458 exeunt advocati

opu
to
,
,
, '
At 462 Demipho leaves the port

go
to
the town
se to
,
,
R
L
.
ibo
At
saying Percontatum portum quoad recipiat

ad
533
,
leaves the stage perhaps

go
Dorio goes into his house

or
of to
to
,
the town there nothing give any definite indication

to
is
;
At
off
go
to
his destination 566 Phaedria and Geta find

,
,
R
.
Phormio 560 562

(
).
At
567 Demipho and Chremes enter with slaves and baggage

,
from the port 567 576 At 591 Geta enters from seeing
, ,
,
, ,
R
L
(
).
Phormio At 712 Antipho goes off find

to
462 591 592

,
R
(
).
Phaedria , who was last heard of when he went with Geta to

find Phormio (562 – 566 ). At 727 Demipho and Geta go to the
forum to pay Phormio ; compare Geta ' s words at 598 – 599 ,
Hominem ad forum iussi opperiri ; eo me esse adducturum
senem . · At 766 Demipho and Geta return from the forum
(compare 727 ) . At 820 Antipho enters , R ( compare 712 ) .
At 829 Phormio enters R from the town ; at 829 –830 he says ,
Argentum accepi , tradidi lenoni ; abduxi mulierem , curavi
propria ut Phaedria poteretur , nam emissast manu . Phormio
here reports the sale and the emancipation of the woman after
see
the fact. We do not know by what way Phormio went to
Dorio how the girl was brought from the house This passage
or
.
will be discussed Chapter
IX
Section
in
7
.
Movements the characters not discussed the account
of
in
given above are the stage
on
and
to
from the houses
.
set
its
The Hecyra shows scene streetas Athens The
on in
a
.
left entrance leads from the port the houses the stage are
;
Phidippus and
of
of
of
those Bacchis meretrix Laches the
;
,
see
entrance the right leads the forum and the town
to
from
(
At
77
pages 51
33
66
76
above Parmeno servos comes

,
–
.
saying Senex
of
from the house his master Laches
si
,
,
ad
quaeret me modo isse dicito portum percontatum adventum

,
Pamphili stops Syra

he
But Philotis and

to
to
talk who
to
,
.
come together from

go
58
Bacchis the
at
had house and to

,
's
Parmeno leaves for the port

at
He
as
town 197 says 194

,
),
L
.
Pergam quo coepi hoc iter Philotis goes keep engagement

an
to
.
cum quodam hospite 195

(
).
At 273 Laches and Phidippus Phidippus

ad go
the forum
to
,
R
.
says nam est quod me transire forum iam oportet Laches

,
says Eo tecum una

,
At 281 Pamphilus enters from the port with Parmeno

,
,
L
At
off
359 Pamphilus sends Parmeno the direction the

of
in
,
Tu L
port help bring up the baggage pueris curre Parmeno

to
,
,
:
obviam atque onera adiuta Parmeno enters with the slaves

is
the
At
and the baggage port 431 Pamphilus

at
415
,
,
from
.
L
says Parmeno transcurso opus est

In
Parmeno
, to
arcem
,
.
at
leaves 443
R
,
At 451 Phidippus and Laches return from the forum compare

(
Phidippus leaves
At
probably find nurse

to
273 726
,
, R,
a
).
for the baby At 770 Laches says Noster socer video venit
,
:
.
The Significance of the Side -Entrances 103
puero nutricem adducit . At 799 Parmeno returns from the arx

(801) .
Other movements are to and from the houses .
The Adelphoe shows
its
Athens The
as
scene set
street
in
a
.
side entrance probably leads the country On the stage are
to
L
-
.
The right side entrance
of
the houses Sostrata and Micio
of
54 -
.
27
66
the town see pages
56
leads the forum
to
and
,
(
–
67
above
,
)
.
At Compare his brother

81
Demea enters rure remark

,
L
's
ruri . and also Micio greeting
45
about
at
to
him agere vitam
,
's
at
81 which
that person who greeting someone
of
80
is
is
him
,
a
–
, of
the city not someone who

out seen every day Salvom
is
from
,
,
At
off
advenire Demea gaudemus
te
140 Demea goes

,
,
,
R
.
the business which had brought

do
probably the forum

to
to
,
for
At
Micio
to
into town goes the look
to
him 154 forum
.
Aeschinus saying 154 volo scire atque hominem convenire

,
),
, ,
(
apud forumst At Aeschinus enters from the town

si
155
,
R
.
probably bringing the girl He accompanied by Parmeno

is
,
and followed by Sannio leno He does not meet his

is
servos
,
father Micio who has just gone the forum His

to
154
,
).
(
house must have been made

on
raid Sannio the town

in
, ;
's
an
hence was made pause interlude needed here

or
is
it
A
.
Chapter VII
see
but the text does not provide

it
.
(
At 254 Ctesipho enters probably rure

It
clear from
is
,
,
L
.
. he
, he
his words 254 264 that knows about the raid but how
,
it (
)
–
we are not told We may suppose that he enters

of
learned
L
of
for his father has said rei dare operam ruri esse
95
him
),
..
.
.
(
as
at
Further such entrance would once identify him the

,
country boy
.
At 280 Aeschinus and Sannio leave Aeschinus says 277

.. R,
,
. .
ibo
ut
At
Ego 286 Syrus goes

ad
forum hunc absolvam

.
the forum ompare 277 286 At Geta

to
299 enters
;
,
R
R
, . -
).
(c
he has the raid At 354 Canthara goes get

to
seen 328 329

(
)
–
an
obstetrix hence she goes the town but she never

to
),
R
(
returns the obstetrix At 353 Getafind Hegio goes

to
with
,
R
.
At
351 355 Demea probably

enters from the town
,
,
R
.
.
(
At 361 Demea sees Syrus coming Syrus has been the

in
,
R
.
forum with Micio and Aeschinus 364 370 and has done the
,
(
)
-
marketing 286 369 371 376 381 At 447 Hegio and Geta
,
,
(
)
-
At
At
enter probably 510 Demea goes Micio

to
find
,
,
,
R
R
.
.
516 Hegio goes to find Micio (512 –513 ) , to the forum , R. At
for
he
540 Demea enters Micio comes
so
from a vain search from
;
At goes again Micio
of
the town 586 Demea search
in
,
,
R
.
At
the town note the reference the macellum 573
to
to
592
,
R
(
. .)
Micio and Hegio enter 512 513 from the forum At 610
),
R
-
(
he
speaks meeting
of
Aeschinus enters from the town 618
in
;
,
R
her way get the obstetrix enters again
on
Canthara
to
Demea
,
.
says Perreptavi
he
713 after vain search for Micio
at
715
;
,
,
a
)
usque omne oppidum
.
.
.
.
.
At 908 909 Demea orders the wall between the two gardens
–
brought
be
be
behind the houses torn down and the bride
to
to
,
from her mother house Micio by the back way
to to
's
's
.
Other movements are and from the two houses
.
sum
up
We may now The Menaechmi shows the side

.
entrance and from the town the right the spectators

to
to
of
.
The Andria supports this view and verse from the Eunuchus
,
The Amphitruo shows the port the left

to
tends
it
confirm
to
.
.
be
management all the plays may
on
of
The stage worked out

, -
this basis with few difficulties On any basis some difficulties

.
appear the present state our knowledge Certain

of
of
in
,
.
these will be discussed Chapter VII Our study ofthe plays
in
.
, of
connection with the statement Vitruvius that one

in
),
(5
.6
.8
side entrance led the stage foro the other seems

to
peregre
,
a
a
-
urbe was right

of
ab
show that the entrance foro the the

to
to
,
a
of as
spectators Athens and that the entrance peregre was

in
,
the left the spectators contrary the Greek practice

to
to
—
The extant plays give nothing definite help us find the

to
so
or
appear rure
go
entrance used for the characters who rus

.
Athens the topographical relationships see page

of
because
In
above the left entrance was considered lead rust The

to
,
,
1
.
of )
study the extant Latin plays least shows that the left
at
may
be
as
side entrance safely used thus

In
the Aulularia
,
-
as
has shown the use the left side entrance leading rus
of
been
,
satisfactoryitself and avoids all difficulties As

or
rure
in
is
.
go
rus than peregre

ad
characters come and

in or
or
fewer urbem
ex
not much evidence be found the material

to
urbe there
is
,
,
by
for
46For the rôle played rus the plays

of
Plautus and Terence and

in
the significance the term rus see Professor Knapp remarks Classical
18 of
in
's
Philology
16
21
see note above

2
,
.
-
).
the
-
us
that has come down concerning the entrance that leads
to
,
or
rus rure
How the change . came about from the Greek convention
of
concerning the use the right side entrance for movements
,
-
by
peregre the Roman convention which the left side en
to
,
-
do
trance was used instead we not know However seems
so
it
,
.
at
probable supposition that the time when the Greek plays
,
a
at
were being naturalized Rome occurred some dramatist
it
to
,
or
be
managerthat the movements
of
the characters could
made more easily comprehensible
to
the audience the forum
if
and the city general were thought lying
as
of
one direction
in
in
, ,
and everything out town extra portam the portus peregre
of
46a
be
at lie
rus were the opposite direction

to
to
considered
in
,
at .
street that leads the forum one end and out town
to
of
A
the other not impossible experience and forms natural

in
is
a
for
basis stage setting No such fixed topographical relations

a
.
as
at
at
compelling influence Athens existed Rome
to
exerted
determine the matter the stage
of
direction and The

to
from
.
entrances portu peregre etc are much fewer than those foro
, ,
.,
,
a
for though one may a

or
urbe naturally
ab
go
the forum
to
to
,
points the town every day several times day one does
or
in
,
a
frequently leave town journeys foreign parts

go
not
on
or
so
to
.
Hence was natural the Greek convention that applied
keep
to
it
the majority the entrances and the exits that

to
of
for
the is
,
city city sup

to
those from the the and thus place

to
and
,
the city the right Everything out

of
posed direction the

or to
of
.
city then whether peregre ruri was placed the left Then
to
,
.
all
be
movements extra portam would one direction and this

in
simple rule could

be
easily followed when became fixed for

it
the Roman stage

.
462
by
find myself unable accept the view often urged Miss

) to
.g
,
(e
I
.
see
by
way the angiportum

of
Rambo note 19b above that motion rus was

,
.
:
CHAPTER VII
INTERVALS AND INTERLUDES
When we study the movements of the characters with

reference to the use made of the side - entrances , according to
VI
see
the conclusions reached in Chapter the summary
on
(
pages 104 105 above wemeet with difficulties few passages
in
,
),
,
a
-
page 104 above

on
of as
was stated we assume that the action
if
,
, of
the plays was continuous47 These difficulties are two
.
sorts passages
character leaves the scene and
In
certain
,
a
.
by
the proper exit he must
be
he believe what
to
leaves
if
it
,
I
collide with character characters entering orthat same
at
a
point when such collision would be fatal the proper working
to
of ,
out the dramatist plot certain other passages diffi

In
a
's
culty appears when immediately after character leaves the

,
a
stage that same character returns another enters an or
to
,
,
nounce describe events that have occurred the interval
or
in
between the exit and the entrance though time apparently no
,
,
has been allowed by the dramatist between these movements
.
for
Even we make allowance the remarkable short circuiting

if
time that was inevitable given the conditions under which -

of
the plays were produced clear that such situations are

if
,
,
is
it
grotesque we must assume

of
interval
to
an
not seem time

of ,
between the two sets movements Our own stage managers

-
.
by
meet the situation dropping the curtain and announcing

the playbill that half day year
on
an
hour whatever
or
,
,
a
interval necessary has passed before the curtain rises again

is
.
as
With regard the ancient stage the question arises

to
to
on
whether such cases there was the pause without action

in
on a
as
stage acts our stage whether there

or
there between
is
,
,
an
an
was interval filled with interlude

of
some sort47
.
of
470n the matter continuous action see the dissertation entitled The
Co by
Technique Continuous Action Roman Comedy Clinton

of
in
C
,
Conrad Menasha Wisconsin George Banta Publishing 1913 and

),
, .,
,
,
(
by
the review Professor Roy Flickinger The Classi

10 of
this dissertation
C
.
cal Weekly
an
147 151 This matter discussed also article entitled

in
is
.
.
-
Hellenistic Comedy VI
by
Henry
of
The Antecedents Prescott

W
in
,
,
.
Classical Philology
14
1919 108 135 On pages 111 112 Professor

),
–
(
The vacant stages therefore the Latin plays

of
Prescott remarks
',
,
“
..
.
'
:
become final issue the development from choral drama which the
in
in
a
a
106
Intervals and Interludes 107
Before discussing these passages we shall turn to certain

others which may prove suggestive .
At Pseudolus 571 -573a Pseudolus servos says :
Concedere aliquantisper hinc mi intro lubet ,
dum concenturio in corde sycophantias .
* * exibo, non ero vobis morae ;
tibicen vos interibi hic delectaverit .
Pseudolus then goes into Simo 's house (573a ) . He comes out
againat 574 , saying , Pro Iuppiter , utmihi quidquid ago lepide
omnia prospereque eveniunt . . . . As the meter changes here
from the conversational senarii with which Pseudolus leaves
the scene to the anapaests opening the lyrical passage with
which he returns to it , a musical interlude not only fills the
interval but gives the tibicen an opportunity to introduce the
new rhythm with which Pseudolus is to return .
In Curculio 462 -486 there is a song by a Choragus . This song
has nothing whatever to do with the play and the plot . It is
sung after 461 , when Cappadox takes Lyco and Curculio into
his house . At the end of the song the three men come out
with the girl .
In Rudens 290 – 305 there is a song of a chorus of fishermen
who cross the stage , declaring (295 ) Cottidie ex urbe ad mare
huc prodimus pabulatum . . . . They stop to venerate Venus
by
are
305
310
( and addressed Trachalio who had entered

),
,
in
at
306 dialogue between the chorus and Trachalio continues

A
.
at
until the fishermen leave the stage 324

.
Further we know that the Greek New Comedy had choral

,
interludes that were not integral part the play but were
of
an
parts
of
diversions introduced between the acts the play

or
.
by
These were not composed the dramatist Their existence

.
the places where they should be inserted by

, at
was indicated
as
the word xopoù the fragments Menander show

of
The
.
chorus organic through later Greek comedy which inorganic features

in
is
,
of
largely musical and often choral marked the end dramatic

in to
acts
a
,
form which vacant stages providing essential pauses the action

in
'
'
supplant the interludes that the earlier forms kept the scenic background
in
constantly occupied
"
.
this Professor Prescott appends

To
footnote thus 112 note

is of In
,
1
a
"
:
(
view plots intrigue force the organic chorus out

of
Leo the comedy

of
's
Der Monolog 41 and ultimately the inorganic chorus

39
manners
,
by ,
,
(
)
by
replaced
or
Pl
flute music spoken interlude Forsch 227

².,
,
3
n
.
.
"
.
(
)
texts of the Latin comedies do not afford such indications .

This matter of the choruses, or choral interludes , in the Greek
New Comedy is discussed by Professor Roy C . Flickinger , in
various places48
the
as
Passages which difficulty
of
involve first sort are
follows
.
. At
Amphitruo Iuppiter says Ibo Mercurium supse
et
550
,
quar He
he
go
should because has Alcumena 527
told
to L,
)
the port and at 543 544
go
his troops
at
that he must back
–
Mercury
go
of
he
has ordered Alcumena will
to
ahead him
.
that they
go
go
still the stage
on
since she should
is
see him
,
; ,
L
(
that the port was clearly indicated 503 505 523 528
is
to
in
,
, ,
-
–
69
Iuppiter says that
he
see pages above Then since
,
,
104
).
will Mercury he must go But the very next
at
follow 551
,
,
L
the text the real Amphitruo and the real Sosia enter .
of
verse
,
,
L
talking thus AM Age Sequor supsequor
SO
tu
secundum
,
, i
:
, .
.
The two pairs then
te
should meet the left side entrance in
, -
.
.
by
Professor Prescott suggests49 change which
of
scene here
he a
at
Amphitruo and Sosia were supposes the harbor from 551
,
until 628 632 On this view the scene should change after 632
,
.
–
and Amphitruo and Sosia should appear before the palace
at
at
653 654 having left the harbor 632 see pages 61 69 above
,
,
(
–
).
simpler however take our cue from the Pseudolus
to
is
It
571 573a quoted page 107 above and suppose that

on
to
,
,
(
)
–
when the stage was left vacant by the departure the two im
of
48In his article XOPOT Heauton etc Classical Philology

, in
Terence
,
.,
7
's
24
34
1912 The Greek Theater and its Drama

his book see espec
in
),
, ;
–
in ?
(
ially 144 148 193 195 254 256 see note

an
above and article

,
of ,
6
,
;
–
, –
-
The Theater Aeschylus Transactions the American Philological

of
80
24
on
92
Association 61 1930 110 see especially footnote page See

,
(
, :
also The New Greek Comedy by Ph Legrand translated by James

E
,
.
.
11
Loeb 334 340 see note above

,
,
-
), ).
49See Classical Philology

14
22
1913 Professor Prescott paper

is
ff of 8
(
.
-
, s'
entitled The Amphitruo Plautus Professor Merrill note

in
E
a
T
“
.
.
"
entitled Plautus Amph 551 and Simultaneous Action Roman Comedy

in
.
Classical Philology
in 11
1916 340 341 suggests that the scene

in
the
),
,
(
–
(
Amphitruo 551 632 which Amphitruo and Sosia are coming from the
,
-
port
of
the palace and that 633 653 which Alcumena comes from the
to
, in
,
,
-
palace and speaks without seeing them while they then continue their
at
dialogue without be explained attempt

of
, an
as
first seeing her are

to
,
represent two actions

as
the dramatist simultaneous though far

to
"
conceived space during part

of
separated the time

in
."
.
..
mortals , the flute -player entertained the audience
few
for
a
moments before the two mortals came As the meter
on
.
changes from the trochaic septenarii
of
the bacchiacs
to
499 550
–
with which the new scene opens such musical interlude could
a
well introduce the new rhythm
.
At
off
Argyrippus goes
ad
Asinaria
at
248 forum 245 and
),
(
108
Libanus entersthe forum Argyrippus
is
249 251
,
from
).
going make every effort get money Libanus has been
to
to
.
by
the young man use any means
88
instructed father
to
104
's
)
–
get the money that Argyrippus needs Nothing indicates
to
.
that Argyrippus and Libanus meet
This passage offers
.
interesting textual problem Accord
an
.
ing the assignment parts the manuscripts Argyrippus
of
to
in
,
at
leaves for the forum try raise money Libanus
to
248
to
. :
At
at
enters 249 As has been said they not meet do 329

,
,
.
when Leonida servos asks where Argyrippus Libanus says

is
,
that he intus At 591 Argyrippus enters with Philaenium
is
.
of
compare page
81
from the house Cleaereta lena above
,
(
).
we accept the conjecture and suppose that was
of
Havet50
If
it
,
of
Diabolus who was thrown out the lena house

at
127
it
,
's
at
Diabolus who leaves the stage just

of
then course
is
248
,
before Libanus enters from the forum Since Diabolus

is
it
.
as
at
who enters 746 with money and the syngraphus 746

,
(
suggested by the lena

of
238 the acceptance Havet con

at
's
248 249 because Argyrippus

at at
jecture removes the difficulty

,
–
not accept this

do
we
If
then makes his first entrance 591

.
we may still suppose

at
conjecture
an
interval
an
248 with
,
,
by
interlude the flute player

-
At Captivi 513 515 Hegio

as
saying Aristophontes
to
is
,
,
-
they into Hegio

go
house
,
's
Nunc sequere me
tu
,
.
.
:
.
quod me oravisti impetres uti

ut
eum hominem convenias

,
At
Tyndarus rushes out saying Nunc illud

of
516 the house

,
est quom me
fuisse quam esse nimio mavelim He not
is
.
.
..
seen by Hegio and Aristophontes

.
This passage attracts little attention from the commentators502

,
37
50See note above

,
.
50a
by
the Captivi
of
The recent edition Havet see note 19a above for

,
),
(
instance does not note any difficulty here although Havet does suggest
,
, ,
an
that the tibicen played interlude after 191 460 767 and 921
,
.
110 Exits and Fintrom
but surely a slight pause of some sort is needed here . Since

we have two lyrical passages here , that uttered by Hegio (498 –
515 ), and that spoken by Tyndarus (516 –532 ) , a short interlude
by the flute - player would seem entirely natural .
Professor Flickinger suggests51 that the lorarii in this
play are a survival of the Greek chorus . That suggestion
would apply at 195 – 214 , but it gives us no help at
514 -516 .
At Casina 758 , Lysidamus goes into his house with Olympio ,
saying , Si
tu iubes , em ibitur tecum . At 759 Pardalisca comes
out of that house . In 759 – 779 she describes the scenes that
took place within the house after the two men entered at 758a ! !
Olympio the market at 719 – 720 , and
vilicus had returned from
did not until hewent with Lysidamus at 758 –

go into the house
758a . When Pardalisca comes out , she must almost pass the
vilicus and the senex in the doorway . Yet she tells how the senex
is bustling about the kitchen , and she says ( 767 – 768 ) , Vilicus
is autem cum corona , candide vestitus , lautusque exornatusque
ambulat . If there was no interlude here , we must assume

that the vilicus put on his wedding - garment in record time, and
bath with speed that any small boy might
his
that he had taken
as
envy that Pardalisca had such telescope that
or
else
,
a
by
described delightful fairy tale Tudor Jenks tele

in
,
a
a
-
scope that could see around two corners and through a

deal
an
suppose interval
It
door far better filled with some

to
is
,
.
an
always ready the stage

of
on
sort interlude The tibicen

is
.
.
At 796 Olympio comes out and addresses him thus 798
–
(
799
)
:
Age tibicen dum illam educunt huc novam nuptam foras

,
suavi cantu concelebra omnem hanc plateam hymenaeo mi

.
Perhaps
at
758a when the stage

was left vacant the flute
,
player After the lyrical passages

entertained the pre
of
.
ceding might
he
scene well thus furnish transition before

,
a
Pardalisca came out tell her story the conventional

to
in
senarii
.
Mercator 497 498 Eutychus goes

At
the port find

to
to
,
,
L
–
Charinus says
of
the amica his friend Charinus see 486

to
(
).
At
Ergo actutum face cum praeda recipias 499 Lysima

,
him
.
Classical Philology
51
26
48
see note above

In
,
7
(
.
).
chus, the father of Eutychus , enters L , from the port , bringing

the girl, and saying ( 499 – 500 ) :
Amice amico operam dedi : vicinus quod rogavit ,

hoc emei mercimonium . Mea es tu : sequere sane .
This passage certainly requires an interval, whether this interval

is filled with music or not. If the action is continuous here,
Eutychus must encounter his father , who is bringing home the
girl . Even if Eutychus did not know her to be the girl whom he
is anxious to secure for Charinus , the sight of his own father
bringing a girl would surely cause him to ask questions (com
pare 815 ) , if it did not rouse in him the righteous wrath that
it did in Syra (681 – 690 ) and in Dorippa ( 704 , 784 ). Charinus
was warned by his slave (219 – 222 ) of father approach his
at
's
225 and was advised by the slave take different route
to
,
avoid meeting his father 222 224 Since Plautus does not a
to
).
(
use such device the passage that we are discussing wemust

in
,
a
suppose that he had something else mind The stage vacant

in
is
.
the flute player may continue playing
for
after 498 and
,
,
if
a
-
few
minutes after the long passage trochaic septenarii 364

in
(
), fill
498 he can the pause and change his rhythm for the new
),
scene 499 543 iambic septenarii

which
is
in
.
(
Two passages from the Eunuchus come into this category

, .
At 506 Thais meretrix goes dine with Thraso miles He says

to
Eamu and she says her ancillae Vos me sequimini They

to
',
At 507 Chremes adulescens

go
the town and must leave

so
to
R
.
comes see Thais and apparently he comes from the town

to
,
R
.
He
to
comes see her because she has asked come

to
him 528
).
(
Further left message for him with her ancilla Pythias

she
,
500 503 impossible that Thais should fail see Chremes

as is
, It
to
-
).
if (
they meet they should the right side entrance unless

in
-
an
no
interval There
assumed change the meter here
is
in
,
is
.
by
fill
but the flute player could easily

an
interval the gap

-
At 614 Chaerea adulescens with his friend Antipho leaves

,
,
At
go
the stage dinner the town 607 610 615

in
to
to
,
,
R
).
(
–
as
Dorias ancilla enters taking Chremes she has come from

,
,
R
the soldier dinner party somewhere She surely

to
the town
in
,
.
's
could not fail recognize Chaerea his eunuch dress though

to
in
,
's
might have escaped her notice were hurrying past her

he
he
if
The stage interval

an
citizen clothes vacant and

is
in
is
's
.
required . The rhythm changes from iambic septenarii to

trochaic octonarii , as Dorias comes on in excitement to describe
the soldier 's party . The flute - player might well entertain here
as the rhythm changes .
At Phormio 311 -314 Demipho is saying :
devortar ; inde ibo ad forum atque aliquos mihi
amicos advocabo ad hanc rem qui adsient,
sim
ut ne inparatu ' veniat Phormio
si
.
At
the stage the town
on
Phormio and Geta come
315 from
,
R
.
At 348 Demipho appears with the advocati from the forum
,
,
R
as
we know Demipho has not been seen

So
on
312 far the
,
(
).
at
stage since he went into his own house 311 314
as .
as
the audiences that witnessed this play were anxious
If
those for whom Plautus wrote know not merely where charac
to
ters went but how they went would not suffice that Demipho
he it
,
Of course go
at
he
should tell 311 314 where intends must
to
-
.
into the house and must leave his staff and hat and travelling
go
he
cloak and must salute the household gods 311 He enters

,
).
(
the scene again probably from the forum with the

at
348
,
musical interlude 314 would give him ample

at
advocati
go A
.
time into the house leave his travelling equipment

to
, ,
go
he
did
come out again and turn off the stage this

If
to
R
that he went into his house and soon came again without
on
, if
is
,
speaking we have situation akin that Truculentus

to
as in
a
was suggested page possibility

98
on
above
as
313 314
,
,
,
if
a
-
off
presently r eturning
ad
Truculentus went forum and entered

,
the house without speaking Phormio 311 314 involves both

-
.
of
of
classes difficulties for not only must brief period time

,
a
go
be allowed for Demipho into the house and come out

to
to
again but immediately after he leaves the stage Phormio and

,
at
and he must not meet them

on
Geta come 315 once The

.
(
meter changes from the senarii the trochaic septenarii

of
to
314
and the flute player might well introduce the new

of
315
,
rhythm and the new scene between Demipho departure and

's
of
the arrival Phormio and Geta

, .
At
Adelphoe 154 Micio says volo scire atque hominem

apud forumst He goes pre
to
convenire the forum

si
,
,
R
.
sumably Aeschinus Immediately Aeschinus Sannio

of
search
in
,
.
and the girl enter R at 155 . Sannio is shouting for help , Obsecro
populares , ferte misero atque innocenti auxilium . . . .
. This passage
panunuhas attracted much attention and comment .
tells us in the Prologue , a scene
n Dante
As Terence come from
from the Syna
the con
pothnescontes of Diphilus was contaminated with this play
(compare the Prologue , 6 – 11 ) . This contaminated scene must
have been that beginning at 155 . On the matter of the contami
nation of the Adelphoe see the edition of that play by Dziatzko
Kauer52 , Einleitung , 10– 15. On page 46 , column 2 , the editors
say : " . . . Die streitenden Personen kommen von der Markt
seite her auf die Bühne ff.), der Zuschauer konnte
( s . Einl. 18
sich denken , dass Ä . den Weg durch angiporta , nicht durch die
grösseren Strassen genommen habe , da er sonst dem Micio
hätte begegnen müssen " . If we can imagine that angiporta
led conveniently by way of the two side-entrances into the
main street that we suppose to lead through the city across
the stage , we have no problem . But , since Aeschinus has not
shunned publicity at any stage of this raid , it is hard to imagine
him slipping home by angiporta . This scene , with some others ,
is discussed in a recent article by Helen Rees Clifford , entitled
Dramatic Technique and the Originality of Terence , in The
Classical Journal 26 ( 1931 ) , 605 -61852a . On page 614 Miss
Clifford says , in part :
... Too much proof of Terence ' s failure to visualize the activi
ties of his characters cannot rest upon the apparent weakness
here , for one cannot definitely assert by which wing Aeschinus
entered . But in view of the other occasions upon which Terence
was wont to translate his models rather too closely , we are
inclined to suspect that he was unconscious of the astounding
proximity of Aeschinus ' entrance to Micio ' s exit . Vs. 154
may reasonably be considered a close translation of the end of
the scene from the Adelphoe, and Vs . 155 a close translation of
the beginning of the scene from the Synapothnescontes .
52Ausgewählte Komödien des P . Terentius Afer zur Einführung in die
Lektüre der Altlateinischen Lustspiele Erklärt von Karl Dziatzko . Zweites
Bändchen : Adelphoe . Zweite Veränderte Auflage , Bearbeitet von Dr.
Robert Kauer (Leipzig , Teubner , 1921 ) .
62a
by
Professor Knapp appended Note

to
of
See also the comment the

1
article by Professor Post entitled Menander and Terence The

A
L
,
.
, by
Classical Weekly
26
33
of
1932 and the discussion this comment

),
,
in (
Professor Flickinger his article Terence and Menander Once More

28
The Classical Journal 1933 521

),
.
(
I myself am asserting ,
on the basis of the evidence that I have
presented this dissertation , that Aeschinus did enter by the
in
wing through which Micio had left . I am myself inclined to
believe , in view of the other passages which I have been dis
cussing , that the difficulty lies in our lack of knowledge rather
than in lack of technical skill on the part of the ancient dramatist .
Here again the stage is vacant at the end of the scene . The
meter changes , and the flute -player must accompany the new
scene. This gives a good opportunity for him to play an inter
lude . Or , possibly , if we can suppose a choral interlude here ,
the populares to whom Sannio is appealing as he enters may
have given a performance before he entered .
Of the passages involving the second sort of difficulty I take
first that from the Cistellaria .
At Cistellaria 629 -630 Melaenis says :
Ibo domum ,
atque ad parentes redducam Selenium .
At 631 she returns bringing Selenium , saying , Rem elocuta
sum tibi omnem ; sequeren , mea Selenium .. . .? She not
merely brings her, from whatever part
of the town in which she
was, butshe has explained the situation (631). A musical inter
lude might well cover the gap , and , after the senarii of the
speech with which Melaenis left the stage , introduce the ac
companiment to the trochaic septenarii with which she returns .
The Trinummus has two passages where an interval is , I
think , needed .
his
At 577 –589 Lesbonicus is ordering Stasimus to go to tell

of
sister and Callicles the marriage that has been arranged At

.
off
go
590 Lesbonicus and Philto Philto house 580 581

to
's
)
–
At 600 601 Stasimus says

–
Ibo huc quo mi imperatumst etsi odi hanc domum

,
postquam exturbavit hic nos nostris aedibus

ex
(
]
At 602 Callicles coming from the house which Stasimus has

,
just said that

he
will enter asks Stasimus himself Quo modo

of
,
istuc Stasime dixti Stasimus answers 602 603

tu
)
:
–
Nostrum erilem filium

Lesbonicum suam sororem despondisse Em hoc modo
.
He has evidently come out the house with Callicles after

of
giving him his message Professor Morris discusses this

E
P
.
.
.
of his
passage
on
his note
on
notes the Trinummus53 the
In
in
he
sixth the play page 136
scene says As Stasimus
is
,
,
(
“
turning away Callicles comes hurriedly out
go
his house
of
to
, ,
he
having heard says
of
on
the betrothal his note 602
In
.
.
.”
part
be
should noticed that Stasimus had not said
It
in
,
“
.
.
.
this the preceding scene nor there any indication that
is
in
,
Callicles overheard the conversation between Lesbonicus and
Philto Plautus often careless such matters
is
in
, .
.
"
as
Now see matters there far more carelessness these
is
in
,
I
the part Plautus Why
go of
on
notes than there Stasimus

is
.. !
be turning away
be
cannot see
to
should said
to
,
“
I
.
"
will
he
he
go
inasmuch has said 600 that into the house
as
.
He does He delivers his message
go
600 601 we are
If
in
).
, .
(
hear Callicles discuss the matter with Stasimus they must

to
the house together They come out together do

of
come out
,
602 The difficulty probably not that Plautus careless
is
is
, ).
(
certain problems and details

on
here but that our information

of
the technique the stage management day

of
of
Plautus
is
-
insufficient 's
.
Again we have here the end The stage

of
scene vacant
is
a
after Stasimus goes into the house 600 601 and remains
,
( -
(
). )
he
vacant until comes out with Callicles 602 After long

,
a
for at
passage iambic senarii 392 601 the meter changes 602

in
)
–
trochaic septenarii musical accompaniment

to
the
A
.
septenarii might
be
introduced very effectively after the close

first wrote this chapter musical
of
the senarii Indeed since

,
,
a
I
.
by
interlude here has been suggested find the revision Fritz

in
,
,
I
Conrad the Brix iemeyer edition the Trinummus Teubner

of
of
,
(
-N
the passage Conrad refers

on
1931 his note Pseudolus

to
In
. ).
he
573a However does not suggest one the second passage

to in
,
from the Trinummus which we are now discuss

,
.
by
At Trinummus 1103 Stasimus his master

on to
ordered
is
At
he
soliloquy
go
the Piraeus ends 1114

to
1114 1110
a
.
)
–
the loyalty Charmides and must be supposed

of
Callicles
to
.go
At
as
then leave the stage going he was ordered

to
to
,
L
at ,
Lysiteles 1120 1121 says

on
1115 comes and

,
Modo me Stasimus Lesbonici servos convenit domi

;
(
mihi dixit suom erum peregre huc advenisse Charmidem

is
.
53
13
the work named note

In
above
in
.
When Stasimus leaves ( 1114 ), the stage is vacant . At 1115 Lysite
les
us that Stasimus has just met
on
comes and tells 1120 1121
)
–
When Lysiteles was
of
him and told him Charmides return
.
's
the stage Lesbonicus
on
go
last home with him
to
asked him
,
711 They left the stage Lysiteles cannot have
at
710 716
(
)
–
.
been with Lesbonicus after they left the stage for the latter
,
arrival until Lysiteles calls him
of
does not know his father
's
's of
out compare
If
the house later 1176 1178 1179 1180
:
–
of of ).
on
on
Philto house the stage and the left side the
is
is
,
stage Stasimus may have stopped there leave word his
to
,
as
coming
of
master Our texts contain the last word 1120
's
domi conjecture by Ritschl The word fits the meter and fits
,
a
the sense the passage and only occurred , .

the manu
in
if
of
it
scripts we could feel quite safe supposing that Philto house in
,
's
the stage and that Stasimus did stop
of
on
was the left side

must be observed that not the stage
It
on
there this house
is
,
if
.
the stage we cannot see how

of
on
and not the left side

is
Lysiteles was position

,
meet Stasimus who must
to
in
,
a
be going the port Again we have transition the

to
in
a
.
rhythms conversational senarii

the the anapaests
to
from
,
which open Stasimus lyrical monologue and musical inter

,
is a
's
lude might
no
fill
the gap However interlude suggested here

,
.
Conrad edition
in
's
the Heauton several passages cause discussion

In
At 170Chremes goes remind his neighbor Phania ad cenam ut

to
ibo
veniat He says domist At 171 172 Chremes says

si
visam
,
:
.
Nil opu fuit monitore iamdudum domi

'
praesto apud me esse aiunt Egomet convivas moror

.
At 409 Syrus says

Clinia and the women who have come
to
to
from town Ite intro nam vos iamdudum exspectat senex They
,
evening
go
of
for the dinner and for the festivities the into

Chremes house At 410 Chremes comes from his house
,
's
iam
saying Luciscit hoc

,
.
At
At
he
Dromo servos goes into Chremes

748 house 744
.
's
has received the following order from Syrus Ancillas omnis

,
At 749 Chremes
ns
vos propere
ad
Bacchidis tra duce huc

(
)
comes out soliloquizing over the trouble and expense which

to
,
Menedemus He says 751 Illancin mulierem

at
doomed
is
,
.
alere cum illa familia

!
2. Intervals and Interludes 117
At 873 Menedemus goes into his own house (872 ) . He says

to Chremes , at 873, nam te scientem faciam quidquid egero .
At he comes out again , soliloquizing . At 900 – 907 he is
874
telling Chremes , who went into his own house at 873 and came
out again at 879 , what he has himself seen in his own house
between 873 and 874 ! !
the Heauton an article by Professor Flickinger54 should
For
be consulted . It is generally believed that the Heauton was not
'contaminated '.Terence may well have decided that he would
give the Roman audience in this production a Greek play in the
Greek manner , including the choral interludes . A chorus of
banquet guests may have appeared in the original at 171 - 172
during Chremes ' s absence from the stage. In the text - edition
of Kauer and Lindsay55 , the words Saltatio Convivarum are , in
fact , inserted by the editors in angular brackets , as a caption
between verses 170 and 17156. Similarly the ancillae may have
given a at 409 , and at 748 again , when they are
performance
taken over to Menedemus 's house . There is , to be sure , nothing
in the text at 873 to suggest any group that may have enter
tained here , but an interval is required at this point . It may
well noted here that , when Clitipho goes into the house at
be
996 to appeal to his parents , the interval of time before the
parents appear on the stage to discuss the matter is covered
996
by a soliloquy of Syrus (
who does not leave the stage
1002
),
–
he
until after has seen his master coming out 1000

).
(
Of course we cannot prove that the flute player entertained

-
as
between scenes other plays Pseudolus states that the

in
tibicen will entertain during his own absence from the stage
he
Pseudolus 573a But the fact that does make this state
of ).
(
at
ment there importance Plautus does not hesitate

is
times ridicule stage conventions though from our point

he to
of
,
breaks the illusion by

Of
doing
so
view course the more

,
familiar convention was the more fully the audience would

,
a
appreciate the joke involved ridiculing that convention

in
Plautus does this Mercator 1005 1008 where familiar

in
a
–
introduced that finishing explanations

of
device the house

is
in
,
The speaker has suggested that they may thus avoid being
48
54See note above 55See note above

,
2
,
.
the apparatus there

56
an
on
In
article the Saltatio Convi

to
reference
is
a
by
47
varum Skutsch Hermes 1912 141

in
,
),
F
.
.
(
heard by the passers -by ( 1005 – 1008 ) ; Demipho agrees , but adds
the real reason of the dramatist ( 1007 – 1008 ) , by saying , eadem
brevior fabula erit .

Two passages in the Poenulus are similar . At 550 – 554 the
Advocati object to rehearsing on the stage the plot in which
Agorastocles has asked their assistance . They say at 550 – 552 :
Omnia istaec scimus iam nos , si hi spectatores sciant ;
ut
est
hos te satius docere quando agas quid agas sciant
,
,
.
Milphio says that
he
Again
go
will tell his master
at
in
to
920
,
, ,
certain things because 921 quae audivistis modo nunc
si
,
(
)
eadem iterum iterem inscitiast57
,
.
layer gets his share
The flute ridicule
In
Stichus 715
of
–
.
-p
725 and 757 761 Sangarinus insists his drinking
on
and thus
,
-
him
drags into the action

In
Mercator 125 Acanthio deals
, .
side slap saying nimi nihili tibicen the
In
him siem
in
a
'
-
.
as
Casina 798 799 has been said above Olympio calls him
,
,
–
play the marriage hymn while the bride brought

is
to
out58
.
the further evidence we cannot prove positively
of
In
absence
us
these passages the plays which seem require to
to
how
in
or
intervals interludes were presented upon the Roman stage
.
But tibicen was always
the the stage throughout the
on
since
, ,
play and since he could be called upon easily enough
an
fill to
interval and thus suggest the passage time seems more

to
of
it
,
natural suppose that this was done than suppose that the
to
to
Nor can
an
dramatist overlooked obvious awkwardness

I
.
at
prove that the points where have suggested such musical

, ,
a
I
the tibicen filled the interval required with inter

an
transition
lude which he changed his rhythm suit the new scene
to
in
However since first wrote this chapter and expressed this

,
view have found the same idea expressed the last revision
in
,
I
by Oscar Köhler iemeyer

of
the seventh version the Brix

),
,
(
-N
the Captivi
on
of
edition Teubner the note verse

,
),
1930
in
(
by
thing have been discussed

50 of
of
57Other instances this sort Professor

Knapp
of
48
on
pages his article References Plautus and Terence

to
in
,
–
Plays Players and Playwrights Classical Philology

14
35
is 55
1919
in
,
),
.
(
58Olympio uses the word tibicen the masculine gender which the
in
,
term regularly used referring

on
the fute player who was stationed

to
in
the stage accompany the actors On the other hand when flute
to
a
,
.
player be procured the course the action play the term used
, to
of
of
in
is
tibicina and girl brought upon the stage

is
is
a
.
921, page 91 : “ . . . Der Sklave geht nach der Hafenseite ab ,

die Bühne bleibt eine kurze Zeit leer , bis der tibicen die neue
Liedweise angestimmt hat " .
It must be remembered that we have no closet drama in
the plays of Plautus and Terence , but plays that were actually
produced and that met the test of production before con
temporary audiences . How far the choral interludes were , in
fact , used on the Roman stage we have no means of telling .
The chorus of fishermen in the Rudens is tied into the play by
the following scene in which they are engaged in dialogue with
Trachalio. However , inorganic choruses may have been used582 .
If theirperformances were not tied into the plays thus , they
might easily disappear and leave no trace in our texts . The
song of the Choragus in the Curculio suggests that such songs
may have been inserted as desired . Given these three possible
ways of filling an interlude , we may suppose that the dramatist
was not merely careless when he constructed such passages as
those that I have discussed in this chapter , but that he had at
his disposal regular conventional means of meeting such situa
tions, and that he chose the means that best fitted
his
play .
589
as
Compare here the views Professors Leo and Prescott outlined

of
,
47
note above
in
.
CHAPTER VIII
THE VATICAN MINIATURES OF THE PHORMIO
The miniatures illustrating the Phormio in the Vatican

Manuscript of Terence 3828 were reproduced by M . H.
Morgan59 . Since the miniatures had not before been accurately
reproduced , and since the complete set for the Phormio was
given in this work from photographs taken in the Vatican
Library , this work has furnished the most easily accessible
opportunity for the study of the miniatures illustrating one play .
A recent publication , by Leslie Webber Jones and C . H . Morey ,
the
The Miniatures of Manuscripts Terence Prior
of
entitled
the Thirteenth Century6o now makes possible much wider
to
,
study Before the appearance
of
of
these miniatures these
.
volumes had made special study the miniatures illus
of
a
I
trating the Phormio that one manuscript which mention

in
I
above Vatican 3828 studied them with reference the
to
(
I
.
position
of
the characters these illustrations relation
to
in
in
,
one another and the side entrances
to
my study are
of
as
The results follows

.
of
The first illustration shows the masks the characters

I.
the play
of
the prologue
of
The second shows the speaker

II
. .
III
at
he
as
The third shows Davos servos alone appears

,
the stage soliloquizing Since the picture

on
when he comes
35
,
Translated into English Prose by

of
59The Phormio Terence

M
H
.
.
by
Morgan With New Prologue Greenough and With the Vatican

,
,
B
a
J.
.
Miniatures Accurately Reproduced for the First Time Cambridge

, ,
(
Massachusetts Printed by John Wilson and Son 1894 Eric Bethe

,
).
inf Phototypice Editus

of 75
work entitled Terenti Codex Ambrosianus

in
a
Leyden Sijthoff 1903 gave the miniatures that manuscript with

,
,
(
ninety one miniatures from other manuscripts and printed books The
.
-
75
miniatures from two manuscripts Ambrosianus inf and Parisinus

(
7899 were reproduced work entitled Album Terentianum by Jacob

in
,
a
)
von Wageningen Noordhoff Groningen 1907 Professor Catharine

,
)
.
(
Saunders her monograph Costume Roman Comedy Columbia

in
in
,
University Press 1909 everywhere takes into account the testimony

of
,
),
the miniatures with respect costume she used the works mentioned
to
on
above this note and others which she names pages 143 144
in
,
.
-
Morey
of
60Leslie Webber Jones and The Miniatures the Manu

C
,
.
.
scripts Terence Prior the Thirteenth Century Volume The Plates

to
of
I,
Volume The Text Princeton University Press 1931 1932

II,
).
(
120
the
The Vatican Miniatures of Phormio 121
nothing his supposed position
to
small there
is
on
show the
is
stage ,
.
IV
The fourth shows Davos and Geta the latter came from
.
(
his
, at
at
master Demipho
51
of
the house Geta stands the left
,
) .
he
the right properly
at
Davos stands should have
;
,
R
L
.
entered since he came from the town

,
R
.
as
at
Antipho and Phaedria are shown they appear 152
V
.
.
Antipho stands and Phaedria Demipho
as
house
If
is
,
R
L
L
's
I '
.
33
have thought see page above Antipho and Phaedria
,
),
(
be
are the positions which they should they come from
if
in
in
their respective dwellings

.
VI Antipho and Phaedria still the stage
on
are and are
in
,
.
at
the same relative positions Geta enters their left from
,
, .
he
the spectators point

as
coming from
of
on
view should the
'
at
harbor 179
,
,
L
VII
be
figures are shown here
at
as
The they should 231

.
; . . .
he
Demipho enters rightly for coming the harbor

is
from
,
,
L
he
for
Phaedria stands next had waited greet his uncle

to
, he
be
the right insidiis
at
at
Geta had drawn back 229

in
to
;
,
is
however though the picture stands before 231 Geta posi

,
's
by
he
tion fact rather that required where rushes out

is
285
in
greet his master

to
VIII The eighth illustration shows Phormio and Geta

,
, .
as
at
talking Geta the right They have entered

at
315
is
.
the town and Phormio should have entered first Geta

,
from
following him Hence Geta correctly placed
is
R
.
. .
Demipho has come with the advocati They stand

IX
at
,
348
.
this order from left right Demipho Geta Phormio

in
to
,
,
:
Hegio Cratinus Crito Demipho led the way 355 He

in
,
).
(
to
suppress Geta
to
crossed the stage speak Phormio and

to
373 and now stands The advocati who have just come
,
,
L
(
the town stand The grouping correct

is
,
from
R
.
, .
At 441 Phormio has gone Geta stands and Demipho

X
.
stands next him He had naturally moved farther the right

to
.
address the three advocati who are still

to
R
.
XI This illustration shows the scene 465 when Antipho

at
,
.
returns the stage As he left 218 when his father had

to
at
, ,
R
.
been seen 215 coming from the port Antipho should enter
L
(
him
he
here and one would expect stand However

to
,
,
R
R
.
stands Geta stands The grouping here wrong

;
then
is
,
,
R
L
.
XII . This shows Phaedria L , then Antipho , Dorio , and Geta

R . Phaedria and Dorio entered at 485 presumably from Dorio 's
,
house , to
which Phaedria had gone ( 309 – 310 ) . They should be
R , for Dorio 's house is R (compare page 33 , above ). If , as the
caption on the left of the picture seems to show , the artist
thinks of the moment when Phaedria says vendidit (510 ) ,
Phaedria has moved over to speak to Antipho , Antipho has
come forward to appeal to Dorio , and Geta cuts
off
Dorio
's
escape The grouping entirely plausible
is
. .
.
XIIIDorio has gone and the others are standing Phaedria
, ,
,
Antipho the center Geta They are position for 534
in
in
,
,
R
L
·
and since the entrances are not question now the grouping
in
,
,
satisfactory
is
XIV Demipho and Chremes stand talking together Demi
,
.
pho the right They may have come

at
at
the left Chremes

,
be
the port 567 and since Chremes may supposed
at
from
,
,
,
L
the grouping
to
lead the way correct

is
in
,
, .
at
XV This illustration shows Geta alone presumably 591
.
.
He not
at
he
the gaily soli
stage
on
on
alone but came 591
,
is
loquizing since he has not seen the two men His position does
,
not suggest arrival from either entrance for standing still

he
is
, ,
, .
XVI This shows Antipho the left then Geta Demipho
at
,
.
and Chremes Antipho

of
listening the door his father
at
is
's
.
house throughout this scene 606 681 but the door not
,
is
-
(
)
of
of
as
indicated some the later pictures the series

is
in
it
,
Geta went forward speak Chremes 609 and then .

to
to
),
to (
passed
on
address his master and talk both his master

to
to
Demipho and Chremes crossing

he
left Otherwise
to
their
,
.
no
should be
but we have reason suppose that the charac
to
,
R
ters were not thought

to
move about the stage

on
XVII Antipho and Geta are the stage Antipho

on
on
the
,
he
.
he
be
left the preceding scene where

as
was should
in
if
,
compare page
33
his father house above The two senes

is
,
L
's
.
(
have gone into Chremes house 681

's
. (
)
.
XVIII Demipho
at
the left Chremes the center

is
in
is
's ,
.
and Geta the right

The senes have come from Chremes
at
is
the
house 712 713 and Chremes carrying money

is
The
(
grouping plausible
is
of .
XIX The frame door the left That cor

at
shown
is
is
a
.
.
for
Demipho house compare page Sophrona

33
rect above
,
(
).
's
The Vatican Miniatures of the Phormio 123
has come the house . Chremes holds an end of her scarf

from
as if to claim her attention . He stands R , after seeing Demipho

and Geta go off to the forum at 726 . The positions , then , are
correct .
XX . Demipho stands at the left and Geta at the right . They
came from the forum . Here they are correctly placed , for Geta
followed his master , and they entered R at 766 .
XXI . This shows one door -frame sketched L , another
sketched RDemipho is at the left , Nausistrata at the center ,
.
and Chremes is rushing from the door R . So far we have seen
Demipho ' s house L , and , since Chremes is coming from that
house at 796 , and since Demipho and Nausistrata have come from
that of Chremes , the positions of the houses are suddenly
reversed .
XXII . Antipho is on the stage alone , as at 820 - 828 .
XXIII . Phormio is with Antipho . Since he has come from
the town , at 829 he should be R , but he is shown L , There is ,
however , no reason why he should have crossed over from R
to L .
XXIV . A door is sketched L . Geta comes rushing from it .
As he comes from Demipho 's house at 841 , he is correctly
placed . Antipho is in the center and Phormio is now on the
right.
XXV . Demipho Chremes are shown struggling with
and
Phormio as at 982 – 989 . He is between them . Demipho is at
the right, Chremes is at the left. The grouping is satisfactory .
XXVI. In this , the last of the illustrations, Nausistrata comes
from the door the frame of which is sketched at the left.
This should be Demipho 's house as I see the
, staging . In the
play itself she comes from Chremes 's house , which is , I think ,
in the center . Demipho is at the left of the group and so is
nearest her . Chremes is next and Phormio is at the right .
The artist to whom the miniatures are due did not have
the stage - setting in mind with clearness and certainty . The
house of Demipho seems to be L at 152 , 606 , 682 , and 728 .
This position for the house fits the movements of the characters
in the play . But at 713 the senes are at the left in the picture ,
though they should properly be coming from Chremes ' s house ,
R . At 796 Demipho and Nausistrata are at the left . If they
are coming from's house, they should be at the right .

Chremes
We might that they are ready to enter Demipho' s
suppose
door , were it not for the fact that Chremes comes hurrying
from the door at the right, and we know that he comes from
Demipho ' s house . Further , Nausistrata comes from a door at
the left at 980 , when she should be coming from her own house ,
that is , Chremes 's house .
from
But, as a rule , the figures are placed suitably with reference

to the side - entrances , as I understand their significance . If ,
in accordance with the conclusions reached in Chapter VI
concerning the significance of the side - entrances , we take L as
the side from which one enters from the port and R as the side
from which one enters from the town , the positions in the
this arrangement until we reach 465
fit
miniatures Here the
.
XI
shows Antipho
he
the left although
on
illustration should
, ,
(
)
as
just then have entered from the right said above
, .
XXIII the right
at
is be
So
at
again 829 Phormio should

,
),
(
proof pos
he
no
because has entered from the town There
.
of
sible the exact plan for the staging which the illustrator
did
he he
imagined imagine one the tradi

or
the origin
of
of
),
if
(
tion which followed but with the two exceptions just

,
and the port

as
puts the town any
he
do
mentioned
In
,
R
I
interesting the pictures my .
fit
of of
event see that most

to
is
it
,
own conception the stage management the play concep

of
,
a
-
thorough study this play and reenforced

on
tion based
of
a
by like study all the other plays

an of
a
Classical Philology
26
However article 1931

in
in
on ,
,
(
374 385 the Vatican Terence Professor Charles Morey

,
R
.
–
has maintained 378 that the order which the characters

in
(
of
speak preserved the minuscule labels the order

is
is
in
P
(
right
by
left Pro
In
the second volume the work

to
of
from
)
.
fessors Morey and

, on
Jones61 the miniatures this matter

is
,
the
see
general
12
pages passages
20
studied detail and

in
,
in
(
listed the General Index age 2391 under the caption

in
,
[p
eadings labels characters the normal order

If
of
scene
(
)
“
.
"
-h
of
the characters the miniatures that which they speak

in
is
in
the following scene without reference the staging the

of
to
in
play follows that my discussion above wrong basis

on
is
it
,
The matter may however be considered further

,
.
60
61See note above

,
.
The Vatican Miniatures of the Phormio 125
A comparison of the miniatures in the Phormio as studied

from the two points of view —mine and Professor Morey s — '
gives interesting results .
Taking the miniatures that illustrate the Phormio in the Vati
can Terence and noting the order in which the characters
speak in the scenes illustrated , I get the following results :
I. Personae .
II. Prologus .
III . 35 . Davos servos .
IV . 51 . Geta , Davos * 62.
V . 153 . Antipho , Phaedria * .
VI. 179 . Geta , Antipho , Phaedria *
VII. 231. Demipho , Phaedria , Geta . · The characters are

for
in position 285 Demipho speaks first Geta comments

.
.
at
aside Phaedria speaks 254

,
VIII 315 Phormio Geta

, ,
. .
. .
, *.
Demipho Geta Hegio Cratinus and

IX
348 Phormio
,
,
.
*
Crito are mute

.
441 Geta Demipho Cratinus Hegio Crito They

,
, ,
X
.
, .
speak the following order Demipho Geta Hegio Crati
in
,
:
nus Crito
,
. . .
XI 465 Geta Antipho

, ,
*
. .
XII Phaedria Antipho

485 Dorio Geta They speak
, , ,
. , ,
in
.
the following order Phaedria Dorio Antipho Geta

,
, , :
XIII 534 Phaedria Antipho Geta

*
. . . .
. . . .
XIV 565 Demipho Chremes

.
*
XV 591 Geta
.
XVI Antipho
Geta Demipho Chremes They speak
,
606
.
the following order Demipho Chremes Geta

,
,
in
.
:
XVII 682 Antipho Geta

, ,
. .
. .
*
.
XVIII 713 Demipho Chremes Geta They speak the

,
in
.
following order Demipho Geta Chremes

,
,
:
XIX 728 Sophrona Chremes

,
*
.
XX 766 Demipho Geta

, ,
*
. .
. .
XXI 784 Demipho Nausistrata Chremes

,
*
.
XXII 820 Antipho

. .
. .
XXIV 841 Geta Antipho Phormio

,
*
.
XXV 894 Demipho Phormio Chremes the label has been

,
(
.
.
62
to
The superimposed here and below means that the order from left
*
right
of
the characters the order which they speak

in
is
.
126
Exits and Entrances Roman Comedy
in
as
corrected The characters are position for 984 They
in
!)
.
.
speak the following order Demipho Chremes Phormio
in
,
:
.
XXVI Nausistrata Demipho Chremes Phormio They
,
990
.
speak the following order Nausistrata Phormio Chremes
in
,
:
Demipho
.
Leaving out the Personae III XV XXII
of
account
,
, ,
,
,
II,
)
I
(
and the four miniatures which show one figure only find that
I
the characters are placed from left right the order which
in
to
in
,
, ,
they speak VII XI XIII XIV XVII XIX
IX
in
IV
, ,
, , ,
,
,
,
,
,
V
XX XXI XXIII XXIV thirteen times They are not
in
,
.
this order VII XII XVI XVIII XXV XXVI seven
in
,
X
-
times The labels XXV have been corrected the
at fit
to
in
.
characters which are shown position for the struggle 984

in
,
,
for
at
and are not aligned the opening
as
of
the scene 894
.
as
Comparing the list studied from this point
of
view with
as
that given the first part this chapter we see that the
of
in
,
positions
as
the miniatures the stage management
fit
in
I . , I
suppose VI VII VIII XII
IX
have been
it
to
IV
in
,
, V,
, ,
,
X
)
XIII XIV XVI XVII XVIII XIX XX XXIV XXV

,
as
Only four times the stage management
do
they fail
to
fit
(
suppose have been XI XXI XXIII
XXVI This
it
to
in
,
-
.
)
means that the arrangement the figures the miniatures

of
in
illustrating the Phormio more closely accord with the stage

is
in in
as
management the play this dissertation than

of
outlined
the theory Professor Morey that they are aligned
of
with
in
the miniatures the order which they speak the scene
in
in
in
illustrated
.
CHAPTER IX
ACTION OFF STAGE -
1 . General Remarks
By the conditions of the stage - setting , only such action may
be shown on the stage in the course of a play as can take place
on the street in front of the house or the houses in which the
leading characters of the play are supposed to live . Action
taking place elsewhere must be described by some character
on the stage if it is to affect the plot of the play or to contribute
off
to the atmosphere of the play . If such action takes place
be
may general taking
as
stage outside the town classified
it
in
,
,
it at
place the port the country takes place within the

or
if
it
in
, at ;
town may occur the town large some place more at
off or
in
,
or
less definitely located temples located
on
the forum
in
in
the stage within the houses fronting the gardens

on
the stage in
,
,
or
attached the houses the angiporta

in
to
of .
the physical limitations the staging

In
addition which
to
to
,
we must constantly refer the dramatist had mind
to
bear
in
,
the fact that themanager who was presenting the play naturally
few
as
possible and must make those

as
wished use actors

he to
,
did
whom use double and dovetail their parts Consequently

,
.
at
an
an
presenting
to
avoid the necessity

it of
actor costume
to in
inconvenient moment was often advisable report scene

,
a
or
bit the stage

on
rather than
of
action show
to
it
a
The dramatist constructing his play must avoid unneces

in
he
sary repetition
of
material before the audience must there

;
fore remove off stage such revelations explanations and nar

,
the audience has already heard

of
ration such facts

as
events
if
of
must still be told some his characters The dramatist

to
.
by
off
also may shorten scenes beginning finishing them

or
stage
.
be
of
Further the question taste must taken into account

,
Wemay judge from the extant plays that ancient taste scenes
in
be presented varied widely

of
Part this variation

to
from ours
.
the life and the position

, of
no doubt due the difference

to
in
is
plays the ancients Greeks Romans

of
women These and

,
.
by
were acted men and the characters shown were chiefly

us ,
play with the plot based

on
those men love affair

To
of
a
.
127
is unthinkable unless the girl or the woman concerned plays a

large part in the action of the play as performed before us. It
seemed entirely natural, however , to the ancient dramatist
toconstruct such a play as the Phormio , with two love -stories ,
without showing either girl . The girl of good family does not
appear in any play , and in the Phormio even the fidicina
does not appear on the stage . The Persa is unique in that an
active part in the intrigue is assigned to a virgo , but this virgo is
the daughter of a parasite , not of a senex of good financial and
62a
social standing As result the ancient dramatist describes
,
a
.
off
implies taking place stage variety
of
or
as
emotional
a
scenes involving women and girls which we consider part
of
the dramatist ordinary stock trade
in
.
's
The Port
2
.
By the conditions which

as
has been said governed the stage

,
,
at
setting the port are not shown the stage
on
scenes the
in
;
,
extant comedies they are reported

.
at
The commonest these scenes are arrivals the port
of
from
abroad The scenes range from the arrivals individuals
to
of
.
the home coming army

of
an
-
victorious army reported not shown

of
The arrival the

is
in
,
,
a
Amphitruo the troops from Thebes

of
The return
at
188 189
,
Athens with baggage train and captives and the crowds

to
gathered the streets meet them are vividly described in

to
in
a
few the Epidicus 205 216
verses
in
).
modern dramatist would probably stage the Mercator

on
A
the ship which Charinus had arrived heri 106 was there
It
in
)
.
left the girl

he
that the charge

of
his slave Acanthio 108

in
;
(
was there that his father Demipho discovered the girl

as
it
,
255
Acanthio himself reports Lysimachus goes there

to
266
, ;
(
buy the girl for Demipho 466 468 499 503 545 Eutychus
;
,
-
(
)
–
rushes there secure the girl for Charinus only find that she
to
to
,
gone 610 640 compare 594 600 485 496

is
at ,
(
)
:
–
-
Some travellers merely arrive the port inconspicuously

on
appear slight
or
and unheralded with very introduction the

stage Instances are Philippa Epidicus 533 Menaechmus
II
,
;
.
by
See Flickinger Henry

62
an
as
cited note above 278 and article

in
),
,
of 6
(
Prescott The Interpretation Roman Comedy Classical Philology

W
,
11 .
1916 125 147 especially 132 135

,
,
(
–
-
.
Action Off Stage 129
and Messenio at Epidamnus , Menaechmi

226 – 230 ; Harpax ,
Pseudolus 604 -621 658 –659 the soldier in the Curculio , 533 –
, ;
536 , 561 - 562 ; Stratophanes in the Truculentus , 482 –498 ;
Charmides in the Trinummus 820 - 839 ; Crito in the Andria ,
,
906 – 909 .
Slaves come from the port and announce their own arrival
as well as that of their masters : Ba . 170 – 171 , 228 , Ep . 1– 22 .
Ergasilus goes to the port to hunt for a dinner (Capt . 496 –
497 ) . He returns to announce that he has seen the arrival of
Philopolemus , Philocrates , and Stalagmus ( 768 – 780 , 873 –876 ) .
Tranio goes to the Piraeus to buy fish (Most . 66 – 67) , sees his
366
master arrive , and reports this fact ( 353 , 367 Geta goes
, ).
–
for
shipping news sees his master coming and returns

to to
ask
, ,
announce his arrival Phorm 148 150 179 199

's ,
–
–
.
.
Palinurus watching before his master house when Curculio
is
's
parasitus arrives from Caria and makes report his trip
of
,
a
Curc 329 363

–
.
Demipho arrives unexpectedly and his way

on
his house to
,
his family Phormio 231 246 He goes back

to
of
hears news the

,
port the hope meeting Chremes 462 meets him

of
the on
in
),
(
way and finds that friends have already told Chremes the
,
family news 577 578 the port

to
Parmeno servos goes to

).
(
look for Pamphilus Hec

76
77
on
194 meets him and the

,
),
,
(
–
.
him
way the house tells the news 281 313

to
.
(
, )
the Captivi Hegio goes meet also

In
meet his son and

to
to
,
Philocrates who had sailed Elis arranged the exchange and

to
,
,
all
returned Aetolia the course

to
of
300 verses see 872 876

in
,
,
:
–
at
893 894 922 92963 Stratippocles has met Chaeribulus the

,
–
104
him
port and has given the news Epid The slave

,
105
–
.
Pinacium has sent the port watch for and report

he to
been
to
his master arrival Stich 363 392 announces the coming

;
, ,
's
–
.
his
his master ship 365 371 Epignomus himself announces

of
;
's
own arrival 402 405 his reconciliation with his father law
in
,
,
(
)
–
-
-
Antipho 408 415 and his brother coming 415 417

;
),
(
's
at (
)
–
Antipho tells the music girl who caught the port

his
eye
of
542 543
-
.
(
the port bring baggage help with the

or
Slaves are sent

to
to
to
359
baggage Trin 1102 1108 Hec

,
–
.
.
:
etc
63See Professor Knapp article Classical Philology

24
Travel
,
,
.,
,
2
.1
's
-
21
281 304 especially page 281 see note above

,
,
-
).
(
130
Exits and Entrances Roman Comedy
in
.
goes back the port describe his master Amphi
to
to
Sosia
to
home Amph 460 Amphitruo
at
truo the strange situation
.
goes the port look for Naucrates 854 Sosia sent for
to
to
is
).
(
the pilot Blepharo 967 968
.
it (
)
–
the Rudens necessary report Plesidippus vain
to
In
is
's
at
the port
89
of
93
search for the leno the scenes the wreck
),
,
(
–
all
on
and events the beach 199 201 223 224 485
's ,
,
148 180
up–
–
490 775 855 858 and finally Gripus bringing the chest
,
,
),
,
–
906
his net 925

in
).
.
Over against the arrival scenes various sorts we have one
of
-
departure that the disguised Pleusicles who
of
of
account ,
,
a
successfully escapes with the girl Miles 1430 1433
).
The Country
3
.
The Heautontimoroumenos entirely the country64 set
in
is
59
compare pages
32
above and before two farmhouses

,
,
),
in
(
.
see other neighbors
on
Chremes goes errands that have no
to
, his
effect upon the plot but serve well show his activity and
to
,
busy body habits relation the neighborhood

to
169 172
in
–
-
498 502 Clitipho goes for walk 585 589 805 807
,
a
)
)
–
–
-
.
.
the Aulularia Euclio goes extra murum 674
In
hide the to
,
pot gold as
, of
the lucus Silvani which described avius

in
is
,
,
that he goes rus 674 675 Lyconides slave follows watch
to
is
;
(
's
-
Euclio and steal the gold

to
701 712
is (
).
the Captivi Tyndarus that

In
sent extra portam rus

at to
for is
,
the stone quarries 723 725 736 Slaves are sent him
,
-
, ).
(
brought back
he
950 and 997 998 1004

is
In ,
).
the Casina reference constantly made the country

to
is
,
There are seven references the country the first scene

to
of in
alone but nothing done ruri the course the play

in
is
,
the Cistellaria Alcesimarchus arrives from the country

In
by
after having been kept there days

six
203 his father 225

(
226
In ).
the Mercator Lysimachus sends slave rus with tools

,
messages his wife and the vilicus His

to
to
and 277 283

(
at )
–
staying
he
on
wife this notification that home

is
from him
,
promptly and inconveniently comes

on
the town
to
business
in
town 667 669

–
.
(
64On the significance the plays see note

46
of
rus above
in
.
In the Truculentus , Strabax has been sent to the country by

his father .He receives certain money due his father , and comes
gaily back to town to spend it for his own purposes (645 –662 ) .
In the Eunuchus , Phaedria goes to the country (216 – 224 ),

but returns at 629 , unable to make up his mind to stay ruri ;
he describes his trip (633 –641 ) . His father comes into town
from the country ( 971 ) .
In the Adelphoe , Demea comes rure at 81 ; on his arrival
him
(advenienti , 92 ) , he says, many persons told
at
of
once
Antipho Ctesipho appears
de 93
92
scandalous behavior
's
(
–
).
rure probably
he
has heard but

at
254 amica 252 253

;
,
,
(
)
–
we
or
heard through gossips through
he
do
not know whether
a
message from Aeschinus
.
all these plays with the exception rus
of
the Aulularia
In
,
the town but within easy walking
an
refers estate outside

to
of
travelling distance64a
of
The families the Heauton live ruri

In or
.
other plays the families live town but are constant
in
in
,
communication with the country and

go
back and forth easily

,
.
the town may
be
Thus characters who are not needed thought
in
town and yet may brought any moment

be
out
as
of
of
at
in
,
.
of
Events and actions more dramatic importance that are not

as
at
presented the stage are thought taking place
on
the
of
some point
or
at
port the town

in
,
The Forum
4
.
the general center

, of
the town the forum

of
In
course
is
,
the magistrates the courts

of
of of ' It
business includes the offices

,
.
the bankers offices the food market macellum shops and busi
,
),
(
all
ness places sorts eating houses and drinking places

,
some the passages cited below this section there

is
In
in
no
of
direct specific mention the forum However from

or
,
.
Greek and Roman life we may be sure that

of
our knowledge
these passages the forum was the playwright mind
in
in
's
.
go
Men court the forum Persa 745 746 Rudens 859

in
go to
,
–
–
:
be
They the Casina

to
advocati 563 573

to
866 forum 526

,
,
–
.
Epidicus 422 423 Menaechmi 213 571 597 Rudens 891

,
890
-
Eutychus goes the forum hire crier and get search

to
to
to
a
warrant Merc 663 665

-
.
.
:
girl
to
One goes the forum

In
free Persa 439 444

to
438
,
,
a
.
648
46
See note above

,
.
Phormio definite place for the manumission of

829 – 830 no
, but
the place was, probably ,
the
the girlis mentioned forum
.
Hegio goes passport for Philo
to
the forum get funds and
to
a
crates Capt 449 451 460 505 508
,
:
.
–
–
The bankers are the forum Demaenetus senex tells
in
a
.
As
at
slave that he will be certain banker the forum
in
a
' to s
, to , as .
126
go
Men the forum borrow money
to
116 117 125
,
,
–
as
As 245 248 pay money or As 367 369 486 488
to
in
in
,
,
–
–
.
.
where the Mercator taken the forum pay money
to
to
is
Demaenetus and Bacchides 1060 1066 Phormio 598 599
in
,
,
–
–
Pseudolus 1230 Adelphoe 277 They
72
796 829 Miles

78
,
,
–
, .
go
as
the forum collect loan Trin 727 728
or
to
to
to
in
,
a
-
.
interview banker Curc 679 685
,
a
–
.
The market place referred connection with the dinners .

to
is
in
-
and drinking parties that occur the plays Marketing
is
in
-
.
by
done themen themselves attended by their slaves by the
or
,
by
In
as
slaves alone ordered their masters . the Aulularia

Megadorus takes Strobilus with
ad
him macellum 264 cooks
;
(
)
the same time that the food
at
and musicians are hired
is
bought market 373 387 and buys
Euclio goes
to
280 281
;
,
(
)
–
-
bit garlands the Lar 385 387

for
of
incense and some
In
a
.
(
)
97
the Bacchides Pistoclerus goes market

to
100 109 131

, ,
,
(
)
–
-
. .
the Casina Olympio vilicus sent market 491 503
to
In
is
-
(
)
the Menaechmi Cylindrus coquos the market
In
sent
to
is
,
at
the Mercator Demipho

he
returns
In
219 220 273 274

;
(
)
–
.
go
and Lysimachus senes the forum buy food and hire

to
to
to
cook 578 583 741 782 the Pseudolus Ballio leno buys
In
,
,
a
).
food and hires cook the forum 790 892 the Stichus
In
in
,
a
).
Stichus servos plans

on
dinner his own account 440 451

,
a
, (
)
–
and buys doubtless the forum the Andria Simo and

In
in
it
,
.
at
from the market with slaves and food the

28
Sosia enter
In
.
Adelphoe Syrus servos does the marketing 286 370 381

,
(
).
the Epidicus man goes the forum supposedly buy

In
to
to
a
girl fidicina but actually hire her 277 278 303 371 374
to
),
,
(
)
–
-
Megaronides goes the forum hire swindler 815

to
Trin
to
–
.
:
996
816 995
,
Costumes are hired the forum Trin 815 818 Persa 159
in
,
:
–
, -
.
of
160 Compare the monody the Choragus Curc 462 486

-
.
we should note that there has been no reference this play

in
(
hiring costumes disguises

or
to
to
)
.
see
or
Men to the forum
go to their friends look for
to
,
and hear tell the news the Aulularia
or
to
there
to
them
In
,
,
.
Megaronides reports the comments his friends his an
on
of
his coming marriage
of
nouncements 475 477
to
them
In
(
of ).
the Captivi Hegio reports comments
on
his purchase the
of ,
prisoners war 498 504 the Epidicus Apoecides has
In
,
(
).
the arrival Stratippocles Mostel
of
of
heard 407 409 the
In
, .
(
)
–
laria Theopropides very naturally asks 999 Numquid pro
)
ad
cessit forum hodie novi He startled when Simo answers
is
?
he
that funeral there 1000 1002

saw Compare also Andria
a
).
302 355 Hecyra 452
,
The forum was the hunting ground the parasites Capt
of
:
-
.
478 491 Men 666 667
,
–
–
.
spent much time the forum one went the
to
Because men
in
,
. or
someone accidentally met someone there

to
forum find
,
:
compare As 367 380 Merc 797 Miles 930 933 Rudens 1199
,
,
–
–
.
1200 Truc 313 Andr 226 227 253 254 Phorm 312 313 Ad
,
,
–
–
.
.
154 512 513
,
as go –
without giving any

on
Men
or
the forum business

to
nowadays compare
go
or
men town the city

to
to
reason
,
'
'
'
'
:
Most 844 853 998 As 108 Hec 273
,
,
.
.
go
Men the forum get drink Trin Cas

to
1013
to
1023
,
a
–
.
245 .
.
the Casina Lysidamus has been wandering about the

In
perfume shops 226 238 241

,
-
).
the Epidicus Epidicus does not tell

, us
where he saw his

In
master and Apoecides emere lora 612 but even Apoecides

if
he ),
(
when last heard had not said that was going the forum
to
of
422 we should expect that men would meet and purchases

,
(
be made the forum The forum apparently just around

is
in
the corner from the stage we may judge from this passage
if
,
where three verses cover the interval which Periphanes went

in
off 606 and Epidicus returned after seeing him make his
(
purchases But point fact the distance and the length

of
in
,
.
time that men spend there are determined entirely by the

of
of
convenience the dramatist who can send man the forum

on to
,
a
as
long happens not

he
for time the stage

to
so
need him
,
a
at
he
secure the knowledge that can get him back any

in
minute
.
5 . The Town , In General
off
Actiontaking place stage the town apart from the
in
not always definitely located even when the action
is
forum
,
is
definitely related the plot the play
of
of
The scene action
to
.
may be the town
at
large streets buildings the town
or
in
, ,
,
public private buildings other places any sort
or
or
of
The
.
needed locations may be near
at
hand distance but the
or
at
,
a
time required arrive from them depends
or
reach them
to
to
entirely upon the demands the plot the play and
of
made
of
is
short long accordingly
or
.
persons may
be
search over the town for some person
or
A
described compare Amph 1009 1014 Epid 666 674 719 720
,
:
–
-
.
.
Men 557 558 701 703 Merc 805 806 Ad 713 718 Andr
,
,
–
–
-
.
.
361 362 Compare
Chaerea vain search for
also place
in
a
-
's
which change his dress Eun 609 612 840 847 The second
to
,
:
–
-
.
.
at for
search Messenio and the final meeting with him are merely
glanced the Menaechmi 878 1050
in
,
(
)
.
in on
Conversations taking place
on
the street elsewhere than the
be
stage may
as
reported
Cistellaria 536 542 653 663
,
,
–
–
91
heard and reported Adelphoe
93
Asinaria 732 736 News
is
-
– –
, .
ompare
91
89
Cistellaria 774 776 the Eunuchus when

In
,
.
)
–
(c
of by
he
Chaerea has seen girl and pursuing her delayed

of is
is
,
a
conversation with friend the family and loses track

so
a
the girl 302 303 322 323 344

,
,
(
).
Information given character during walk along the

to
is
as
avoids repetition the stage

on
street thus the writer

,
in
;
Phormio 566
.
device
common conversation begun off stage and con
is
A
a
, as
. As
Compare Aul
65
on
tinued the actors come 746 748

,
.
, . . .
–
682 685 Bac 109 405 407 Cas 720 Cist 631 632 Men
,
, ,
–
–
.
1050 1057 Ad 447 453 Andr 301 459 Epid 666 Merc
,
, , ,
, , ,
,
–
-
.
. . .
, .
741 742 Miles 874 947 Most 313 Persa 329 Pseud 694
,
. ,
-
, .
Rudens Truc Heaut 242 381 Phorm 315 Eun

,
1265 775
.
391
.
off
situation may another part

be
discovered the stage

in
,
,
A
the town and reported

on
of
the stage Truc 777 778 Andria

,
,
:
-
.
362 369 534 535 625 628 ompare 642 646

,
).
–
an (c
One goes off the stage unspecified location the town

to
in
,
see
For this technique Flickinger

65
as
Greek drama cited note

in
in
,
6
(
above 239 309 310

),
.
Action Of Stage 135
for
various reasons consult friends Men 700 Poen 794
to
,
(
:
.
find someone instance witnesses
to to
as
795 1338 1341 for
; ;
,
, ,
)
Poen 424 – 506 find friend Pseud 385 386 694 696
;
,
a
(
)
–
–
.
.
tell news one friends Stichus 143 503 504 580
to
to find
to
;
,
,
's
)
–
another character and events that occurred
to
describe
to
him
the stage Phorm find senis amici Andr 373 374

on
712
to
;
.
, ).
(
–
All these instances with the exception that from the Phormio
of
,
might well
be
localized the forum since the forum the
is
in
,
common meeting place for men ompare page 133 above
,
-
).
(c
In
the Heauton slaves were sent into Athens find and
to
to
,
bring the two girls the slaves describe the scenes the two
in
;
houses the town 275 307 364 368

in
of ,
(
).
One goes part
to of
the town summon the father
to
another
to
matrona Men 736 737 Merc 787 788 father goes

,
A
a
-
.
.
(
bring doctor Men 875 )

a
)
.
another part find and report

to
), to
One goes
of
the town
to
another character Bac 382 384 592 593 compare 842 843
,
–
–
.
(
:
Ad 351 Phormio 560 565 Andria 431

,
,
-
.
unspecified point
an
One
to
goes the town man

in
to
see
Most woman goes find woman Cist a
629 630
to
547
;
a
a
.
, ; ).
(
, ( ( (
–
One goes bring woman and her ancilla Miles 790 795
to
compare 874 946 find and coach daughter Persa 147 152
to
;
a
)
to –
get opstetrix Andr 228 230 299 compare

an
154 160
; );
, ;
(
–
an –
.
459 467 Adthe nutrix goes get opstetrix but does

to
354
in
.
–
find and bring

old
not come the opstetrix

an
with
to
back
;
)
make the recognition possible Eun 807 808 912

to
nutrix
,
'
'
-
.
(
get wetnurse Hec 726 find and bring back

to
to
to
914
;
;
a
)
)
.
306
315
another character Phormio 307 307 308 one

In
,
,
(
).
off
an
sent find another character goes for

to
case adulescens
,
his own purposes see Phormio 308 310

:
in –
.
off
Antipho runs get himself hand Phormio 218

to
216
;
(
)
–
at
he returns 465
.
As
meeting tonstrina described 333 357 the

is
go in
;
A
)
.
stranger will balineas 357

in
)
, .
in on
Inns are not shown the stage but travellers arrive town
in
and engage lodgings inns compare Pseud 658 660 Men

;
,
.
; .
–
986
inn
they eat and sleep

at
an
435 437 Pseud 664 666

;
,
-
-
.
(
they wait
an
inn Pseud 1116 1120

in
–
.
).
Not all the characters appearing play live

of
the course
in
fronting stage
on
the houses the There sometimes

is
in
a
.
difficulty in deciding whether a given character lives in such a

house or not , as has been shown in Chapter (see pages 22 , 25 , II
, ,
30 etc . above ) . Some characters quite evidently come from
or homes somewhere else in the town ; in other cases ,
go to their
as for instance , that of Diniarchus in the Truculentus , we

cannot be sure whence they come (see page 31 , above ). A
slave goes home and receives money from his master , with
instructions ; he appropriates the money and brings it to a friend
(Pers . 259 – 268a , 322 – 323 ) . Diniarchus goes home to get money
and gifts to send to Phronesium : Truc . 443 – 447 , 579 – 592 .
Charinus sends a slave to watch the situation (Andr . 412 -414 ) ;
so does Lyconides in the Aulularia (603 - 605 ). The soldier at
his home in the town gathers forces for a siege (Eun . 771 - 773 ) ;
the defeated army goes back to home and hearth at 816 ; the
soldier resolves at home to offer terms of peace , and comes to
announce them ( 1025 – 1026 ). Gelasimus parasitus goes home
his
twice ( Stichus 400 , 639 ) . A man goes home to prepare for
daughter wedding Andr 594
.
's ).
's
on (
Aeschinus raid the leno house has taken place before

's
the opening the Adelphoe pursues

93
but the
88
of
leno
),
(
–
or at his
that Micio and they appear

to
of
own house
on
him from
,
the stage 155

.
or
. : as
, , as
Dinners drinking parties are referred planned
to
-
taking place off stage the following passages Most 315 316
in
,
-
, .
1129 Pseud 1051 ompare 1327 1328 Eun 459 539 540
,
),
–
-
.
(c
615 628 727 738 modern dramatist would consider the

,
A
–
soldier banquet the Eunuchus excellent dramatic material

in
's
The Temples
6
.
the course the play takes place within temples

of
Action
in
three plays
on
the stage
of
Plautus the Aulularia the

in
Curculio and the Rudens

,
The Aulularia has Fidei the stage

on
Fanum which
in
,
of a
Euclio hides his pot gold compare 582 583 608 615 617
,
,
;
Lyconidis servos searches for the gold the temple 621 623
in
).
(
at
Euclio goes into the temple and drives him out 628 630 Euclio
.
–
at
at
goes get the gold 659 660 and brings out 667
to
in
it
,
–
669
.
the stage the shrine Aesculapius

of
on
The Curculio has

,
in
which Cappadox leno is sleeping at the opening of the play

(61 – 62 ) . In the temple he has the dream which he reports at 260 –
263 . He goes back into the temple to pray ( compare 272 – 273 ) .
The Rudens has a Temple of Venus by the sea near Cyrene .
From a modern point of view the play might well be written
with the interior of the temple as the setting ; the doors might
well stand open to show the sea through the columns . Of course
in the Roman play only the exterior of the temple is shown ,
though much of the action takes place within the temple . The
priestess Ptolemocratia , who is within the temple , hears the
girls as they pray outside ( 257 – 258 ) , and comes out to see who
they are (259 – 260 ) . She takes the girls into the temple (289 ) .
She sends Ampelisca out for water (331 - 332 ). Trachalio goes
in to console Palaestra (402 – 403 ). Ampelisca
rushes in (454
457 ) to tell Palaestra that she has seen the leno coming along
the shore. Sceparnio takes the water in ( 484 ) ; he finds the girls
clinging to the altar (559 – 560 ). Labrax rushes into the temple
in pursuit of the girls (570 ) ; Charmides follows (592 ) . Dae
mones from outside hears the uproar raging within (613 -614 ) .
Trachalio rushes out at 615 to report what is happening and to
for
beg
he
help describes the scene within 641 649 Daemones

;
).
rushes with his slaves 656 659 and heard shouting to

is
in
),
(
while Trachalio enjoys the sound the fray

of
them 660
,
(
. )
661 662 Daemones drives Labrax out 705

(
)
-
Temple Aphrodite off stage

of
The Poenulus refers

to
,
a
where the festival Aphrodite being carried

on
The two
of
is
449 459 Lycus reports

At
girls
go
sacrifice there 406 407

to
.
(
)
–
the poor results his own sacrifice there Syncerastus reports

of
.
at
propitiate Venus
of
847 848 the failure his master efforts

to
,
's
–
and the successful offering the two girls

of
849 850
(
).
Angiportum Posticum Horti

,
,
7
.
plays that
of
Movements
of
the characters the course

in
conveniently shown the stage

be
on
on
cannot occasions
or
,
may
be
where the person supposed

wishes escape notice
to
as it
,
may be reported taking place per angi portum per posticum

,
,
by
all
three since the gardens behind

or
or
per hortum even

,
the houses communicate with the angiporta through the

posticum The plays which these are used are cited Chapter
in
in
.
III (pages 34 – 37 , above ) . As the passages cited will show ,

Plautus is more apt than Terence to work out such movements
carefully . Perhaps in Terence 's time such detailed information
was not required by the audience .
We discuss first the passages involving the horti .
In Casina 613 – 614 , Alcesimus senex , speaking to Lysidamus
senex , says :
Abi et aliud cura . Ego iam per hortum iussero

meam istuc transire uxorem ad uxorem tuam .
In Epidicus 660 , Epidicus servos , speaking to Thesprio servos ,

says ,
Thesprio ,
exi
istac per hortum adfer domum auxilium
,
mihi
.
.
.
.
these passages this device avoids the necessity

of
of
In
each
bringing the stage Thesprio appeared
an
on
actor costume
in
only the Epidicus .

of
the first scene

in
, .
Mercator 1009 Demipho senex speaking Eutychus

In
to
,
adulescens says Illac per hortum nos domum transibimus

,
,
.
.
.
.
of
The scene reconciliation and explanation will take place

within the house The audience already knows the facts and
,
.
be
thus assured that the play will brought proper close

to
is
.
The characters will not appear again
.
Compare next Persa 444 447

–
:
TO
Abi istac travorsis angiportis

ad
forum
;
.
ad
eadem istaec facito mulier me transeat

TO
per hortum DO Iam hic faxo aderit At ne propalam

.
The avoidance publicity again pretence The real

of
is
by
of
at
the stage
saving the moment
on
need that action

is
Compare this play 678 679

an
actor costume further

in
in
,
.
Toxilus servos speaking Sagaristio servos TO Per angi

to
is
),
(
.
ad
portum rusum me
illac per hortum Thus with
recipito
te
,
.
by
out being seen Dordalus Sagaristio can get back into the
at ,
house and can come thence 753 for Toxilus party Plautus
's
works the plot through neatly for the benefit the audience
of
Stichus 437 438 Stichus servos soliloquizing says

In
,
–
Iam hercle ego per hortum

ad
amicam transibo meam

mi hanc occupatum noctem
.
.
.
.
Compare , further , Stichus 's words in 449 – 452 , in the same

soliloquy :
potius quam invidiam inveniam , est etiam hic ostium
aliud posticum nostrarum harunc aedium :
( posticam partem magis utuntur aedium )
ea ibo opsonatum , eadem referam opsonium :
per hortum utroque commeatus continet .
Stichus said , at 449, potius quam invidiam inveniam .... ,

but invidia , whether it is used here in the sense of ' envy ' or in
that of ' invidious criticism ', has nothing to do with the case .
Stichus ' s movements when he is to be out of sight of the
audience are carefully plotted in advance by Plautus for the
benefit of the audience , which evidently wanted to know not
merely where people went , but how they got there , if they
did
right along the stage
go
of
not come out the front door and

,
the proper direction As for the garden the two houses
on
in
,
.
the stage belong two brothers and was natural enough

to
it
,
that their
of
houses should have this method communication

private see pages
29
at 30
35
above
in
,
, ,
).
(
the Stichus again Pamphilippus says answer

In
614
in
,
threat from Gelasimus parasitus Non metuo per hortum

to
,
a
transibo non prodibo by way avoiding

of
puplicum This
is
in
;
the parasite whom the brothers are teasing At 536 Epignomus

,
says his brother Apud nos eccillam festinat cum sorore uxor
to
by
tua Pamphila then would have gone way the garden

of
,
of ,
.
though that not stated here This avoids the necessity

so
is
presenting her costume again

in
the Stichus 673 680 Stephanium ancilla says soliloquy

In
in
,
:
-
Mirum videri nemini vostrum volo spectatores

,
quid ego hinc quae illic habito exeam faciam vos certiores
.
:
Domo dudum huc arcessita sum nam quoniam nuntia

,
(
tum est
istarum venturos viros ibi festinamus omnes
,
lectis sternendis studuimus munditiisque apparandis

.
Inter illud tamen negotium meis curavi amicis

Sticho conservo Sagarino meo cena cocta ut esset
et
.
an
Stephanium ancilla the one house but comes out

in
,
is
from the other The households are bustling back and forth
.
be
for
through the gardens preparation the dinner given

in
to
of
of
honor the return the two brothers

in
.
In the Truculentus a passage over the garden wall is referred

to at 248 – 249 , 303 – 304 , but this passage is not used in the course
of the play (see page 36 , above ) .

It is through a posticum that one enters the houses or the
gardens when he is coming by back ways . However , in the
Trinummus we find the word posticulum used of a separate
its
lodging ompare pages
30
36
in a house and entrance
,
,
(c
above See 193 194 Megaronides and Callicles are speaking
–
)
).
:
ME Ubi nunc adulescens habet
?
.
CA Posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit
,
.
.
Compare Ubi
on
1085 where Charmides asks his return nunc
,
,
filiusmeus habitat and Stasimus answers Hic hoc posticulo
in
,
.
?
This posticulum may be supposed open angi portum
on
an
to
by
the two houses but this not Plautus
so
between stated
is
,
.
The be close care
of
shows hand for Plautus

to
use hoc at
it
is
,
ful demonstrative pronouns66
of
his use
in
.
In
the Mostellaria
at
931 Tranio
servos who had been
,
,
by
his
soliloquy
go
to
at
directed master 928 rus says the
in
,
,
(
me illac per posticum
ad
Nunc ego con
of
close scene
,
a
gerrones conferam
.
soliloquy
In
1043 1047 Tranio says

in
–
:
ut
Nam erus me postquam rus misit filium suom arcesserem
,
abii illac per angiportum ad hortum nostrum clanculum ,
ostium quod angiporto est horti patefeci fores

in
eaque eduxi omnem legionem maris feminas

et
et
,
all
this case the posticum the hortus and the angi portum
In
play their part the action the play permitting escape

of
in
the house through back way All this carefully

is
from
a
twice by Plautus for the benefit the audience

of
sketched
,
the Cistellaria there are references angiporta

In
384
to
124
,
),
,
(
this play
no
but angiportum
of
of
the course
used the action
in
is
741 743 occurs this dialogue with reference

In
Asinaria
to
-
Argyrippus father
:
's
LE Iam dudum est intus ARG Hac quidem non venit

.
LE Angiporto
.
illac per hortum ne quis

iit
videret
se
circum clam
,
huc ire familiarium ne uxor resciscat metuit

.
:
Compare Lindsay Captivi Editio Maior

66
on
the note
W
verse
in
M
,
.
.
293 for this work see note above

3,
).
(
Here the use of the angiportum fits the character , the situa
,
tion and the demands of the plot . It also avoids the necessity
of getting Demaenetus on the stage in costume at this
point .
Andria 734 – 735 Davos servos says , Ego quoque hinc ab
In
dextera venire me adsimulabo . . . . Davos leaves the stage to
return R . If there is an angiportum , he may dash
off
through
he
that must run the length the stage
of
Otherwise the left
to
.
and circle the block

L
.
(
)
Pseudolus 959 961 we have this dialogue

In
:
–
PS Ingredere viam dolose ego hic insidiis ero

in
in
.
.
:
SIM Habui numerum sedulo hoc est sextum porta
.
a
:
proxumum
angiportum angiportum me devorti iusserat
in
id
:
.
.
.
.
Here angi portum seems the street represented by the
to
to
refer
stage setting not alleyway between two
or
the usual lane

to
,
,
-
houses
.
Ballio leno says Harpax

In
Pseudolus 1234
to
1235 cacula
:
-
Sequere Nunc ne exspectetis hac domum redeam via

tu
dum
.
:
ita res gestast angiporta haec certum est consectarier
.
:
natural
enough for Ballio his mortification wish
to
to
is
It
in
avoid the public eye His speech tells the audience not
to
.
watch for his reappearance But elsewhere the defeated leno

: .
does reappear the stage see Persa 777 858 Poen

on
1338
,
.
–
Rud The audience least the audience

to at
1281 1423
—
1422
,
-
's .
Plautus day evidently was trained expect character

to of
a
-
by
the entrance by which

he
return the stage had left

to
it
.
The spectators might need be told not expect see the

to
to
to
at
actor again even the end Compare with the passage from
,
the Pseudolus 1234 1235 quoted above Mercator 1009

,
(
of )
–
and the concluding lines the Cistellaria where just before

,
the end the Caterva speaks thus

at
782 783
,
:
–
Ne exspectetis spectatores dum illi huc ad vos exeant

,
nemo exibit omnes intus conficient negotium

.
.
.
.
:
two passages the action off

of
the Phormio Terence

In
in
of
stage outlined but the movements the characters are not

is
plotted for the audience they are the passages from the
as
in
,
Persa quoted above

.
In Phormio 311 - 313 Demipho senex says :

devortar : inde ibo ad forum atque aliquos mihi
amicos advocabo , ad hanc rem qui adsient . . . .
Demipho then goes into his own house . He comes from the
forum with his friends at 348 . Such an audience as that for
which Plautus was writing in the plays quoted above would
expect to see Demipho leave his house by the front door and
start R ,or
the
be told thathe went by posticum see page 112
,
to
(
above
).
Phormio 829 Phormio parasitus says

In
830
,
–
Argentum accepi tradidi lenoni abduxi mulierem

ut ,
,
:
curavi propria Phaedria poteretur nam emissast manu
.
be
This passage should compared with the passage just quoted

from the same play and with those quoted above from the
,
Phormio 311 313 Terence gives
an
Here account
as
Persa
in
,
,
-
.
the action without plotting

of
out with reference the stage
to
it
and the exits We not know how Phormio paid

do
or
when
.
the lena took the girl away and saw the manumission
In
to
,
.
the Persa Plautus has plotted this out
, .
Phormio Phormio says

In
891 892
,
-
Sed hinc concedam angiportum proxumum

in
inde hisce ostendam me ubi erunt egressi foras

,
The angiportum here Phormio merely

as
not used passage

is
draws back into its shelter wait and

to
to
listen
.
Adelphoe 908 909 Demea senex orders the garden wall

In
his brother property and that next door be torn

to
between
's
down that the bride may brought over without noise and
be
,
publicity her mother house He says

at
from 920 922

,
,
's
–
.
Multo rectiust
quam illam puerperam hac nunc duci per viam
aegrotam
.
keeping with the tone

the garden wall
of
This destruction
is
in
-
now taking the reason which he assigns

as
that Demea
is
is
,
The wedding procession would not be shown the stage

on
in
any case The only wedding procession we have fact the

in
in
.
of
surviving Roman comedies that themock wedding the

is
in
Casina
.
In Adelphoe 576 , Syrus , in giving directions to Demea ,

refers to an angi portum in another part of town , which , Demea
says (578 ) , is no thoroughfare . In Eunuchus 844 - 847 Chaerea
describes his flight from one angiportum to another , but these
angiporta , like that referred to in the passage just quoted
from the Adelphoe , are in another part of the town and have no
connection with the houses on the stage .
8 . Houses Fronting on the Stage

Since it was impossible in the Roman theater to show scenes
that took within a house or other building , and since

place
some events that directly affected the plot of the play must take
place within a house , or in a temple , etc ., these events must be
announced beforehand , or be reported afterward , or , sometimes ,
be heard by persons who were outside the building . Such events
are naturally of varying importance , according to the situation
and the play . Some idea of the variety to be found in action
taking place within the houses in the course of the plays may
be gained from the passages listed below .
I give first passages referring to such action as naturally
takes place within a house and hence is not represented upon the
stage.
The birth of a child must take place within , the sounds con
nected with it must be heard , or the fact of the birth must be
reported : compare Amph . 1039 , 1053 – 1071 , 1091 – 1100 , Aul.
691 - 692 , Andr. 473 , Hec . 314 - 320 ,373 – 401 , Ad . 486 – 487 .
Note , however , the scene in the Truculentus (448 – 632 ), where

Phronesium , who pretends that she has lately given birth to a
child (463 – 464 ) , comes out upon the stage to recline upon a
couch67 .
The inspection of a house must be done chiefly inside , as in
Most. 815 , 843 -844 ; compare 904 – 906 .

Euclio 's repeated inspections of the treasure while it is within
off
the stage see Aul

65
his house take him 203 243 244 388

,
,
:
–
.
389 444 The treasure the Trinummus was buried within

in
,
up
go
the house hence Callicles must dig

to
798 805
in
it
;
).
the Miles the girl crosses repeatedly from house

to
In
house
, ,
see
within confuse Sceledrus 470 522 525

to
301 320 456

,
,
:
545
.
as
67See Flickinger cited note above 238

in
),
6
.
(
The infant Hercules kills the snakes within : Amph . 1102 –

1124 .
A slave is punished within : Andr . 865 – 868 .
Sacrifices or prayers are offered to household gods within
the house : on return from a journey (Phormio 311 - 312 , Stichus
396
966
623 Amph recovery daughter
on
of
compare
; ,
,
524
);
a
.
:
Rud 1263 1264 Aul 579 612 Ad 699

before wedding
,
a
.
.
(
or )
)
–
One dresses makes other preparations the house the
in
(
girl the Mostellaria 248 294 merely prinks
on
the stage
in
)
:
the Mercator where Charinus must come from
as
for travel
in
,
,
the house travelling garb compare 910 912 921 927
to
in
;
,
(
)
–
-
196
go
; as
rus Phaedria goes

the Eunuchus after compare
in
,
(
206 224 when one assuming disguise Miles 1177 1182
is
,
a
)
, (
–
1195 Persa 462 465 Poen 424 426 Eun 370 376 390
,
,
–
-
.
).
Preparations for festivities take place inside These include
etc
cooking arrangement dining room
of
decoration Com
,
,
a
.
pare Aul 363 370 Capt 909 918 Cas 421 424 759 779
,
,
–
–
-
.
Curc 251 253 see also 366 368 Epid . 655 660 662 Men
),
,
(
–
-
.
.
319 330 351 356 Poen 1151 Pseud 161 168 891 895 956
,
,
–
–
-
-
.
Rud Heaut
28
957 1206 1208 1364 Stich 678 680 Andr
, ,
, ,
,
–
-
.
.
211 Ad 284 286 376 381 420 432 899 900
,
,
–
–
-
-
.
.
, as
Festivities general are referred taking place inside

to
in
, . :
Ba 754 758 Men 473 477 Stich 415 Most 394 Poen
,
,
–
-
.
. .
469 470 1282 Rud 904 1264 1418 1423 Heaut 162 173
,
, ,
.
–
–
Ad
409 455 461 588 591 763 765 The the Asinaria
in
cena
,
-
.
.
–
have brought out upon the

to
736 745 seems been stage

(
; )
compare
of
828 941 the Persa 757 858 that

where the
,
-
(
)
–
revel certainly held outside ompare especially 758 759

is
. ),
–
, (c
and where the revellers are slaves again Stichus 683 775
as
in
The latter revel too certainly outside this definitely

is
is
;
,
,
by
proved 683 736 737

,
77468
–
be
chiefly the matter

), of
seems taste referred before

It
to
to
,
this chapter
ages 127 128 above that causes most
, of
the
in
,
,
(p
be
scenes which we next discuss staged inside However the

to
dramatist thus avoids some cases increasing the size the

of
in
by ,
manager company
an
additional actor
of
the use
's
Recognition scenes frequently

take place within the house
; .
Perhaps this because they commonly involve women and girls

is
238
for
68See Flickinger
as
of
cited note above 239 the use the

in
in ,
,
6
–
(
plays
of
colonnade the proscenium similar cases Greek

in
.
that Captivi 1006 – 1025 , which involves a father and his son ,
in
takes place on the stage . The following passages describe
recognition scenes which take place within the house : Cist .
650 – 652 ( compare also 631 – 638 , 770 – 772 ), Epid . 714 - 722 ,
Rud . 1179 – 1183 , 1202 – 1205 (compare also 1270 – 1280 ) , Andr .
951 – 952 ,
Heauton 663 – 664 , Eun . 914 – 917 , 1036 , Phormio 817 ,
870 – 876 (compare also 751 – 765 , 866 , 881 ) , Hec. 830 – 832 .
In the Epidicus the slave recognizes the girl on the stage
(634 – 650 ) , but she is taken into the house and the recognition
by the parents will follow within .
In the Rudens, the girl is recognized by her father on the
stage through her crepundia , but the scene with her mother is
within ( 1179 – 1181 , 1205 ), as is that in which her lover is to be
brought in for the proper introduction , congratulations , and
betrothal. The matter of economy in the presentation of the
play evidently affects this also , for the mother never appears
all
on the stage at before the recognition scene Daemones

:
brought the girls out the stage tell them that his wife
on
to
objected presence the house 1045 1051

to
their
in
).
Certain interviews the dramatist prefers

or
other scenes
to
by
as
stage inside
of
such the consolation woman her lover

,
her husband And farewell Merc

or
or
708 Phorm 565

,
a
(
(
.
.
659 660
).
–
The full revelation situation may take place inside

of
an in
,
a
cases where our modern dramatists would prefer stage

to
emotional scene before the audience Whenever the audience

.
knows the situation time saved thus and repetition avoided

is
is
, ,
Megadorus
be
So
the Aulularia the situation will revealed

to
in
,
explanations are
be
within compare 694 695 made

to
to
In ;
(
)
–
Euclio within the Bacchides Mnesilochus con

800 802
,
.
(
)
–
his
fesses and restores the money father within 520 525

to
,
(
convinced by
at
be
530 572 he goes into Bacchis house

to
)
;
's
seeing the two sisters together the Cistellaria Melaenis

In
,
.
will tell
to
her story Alcesimarchus and Selenium within

to
the Mercator Eutychus finds Charinus amica

In
650 652
,
(
's
–
within 845 compare 901 The explanations with the excep

,
(
)
:
, .
will take place within We

of
tion those
his father should
to
.
on
bring down the curtain such scene compare also 942

,
a
of (
Miles the dismissal

In
1005 1008 the Philocomasium

is
–
).
reported the stage

of
on
1200 1205 the scene the soldier

;
-
(
's
discovery by Periplectomenus , which we should show in full ,

is begun within and finished on the stage ; compare 1388 – 1393 ,
1394 - 1427 . In the Andria , at 789 , Chremes goes in to see Simo
off
the marriage 900 Pamphilus goes into
at
and to break
;
Glycerium find Crito and bring him out the
to
to
house
In
's
.
Heauton the girl ring recognized within 614 615 the
is
;
's
)
–
reconciliation between Menedemus and his son within Mene
to is
ompare 842 844 Clitipho
of
demus house be told his
to is
;
's
)
–
(c
disinheritance within 940 948 he appeals his mother with
;
(
)
–
993 996 Syrus appeals Menedemus within the latter
in
to
;
(
's
–
made
In
house 1001 1002 the Eunuchus the revelation
is
(
).
part within but finished without 817 827 the story

is
in
it
,
;
-
(
)
told the Senex within 1002 1003 the Hecyra the
In
to
,
is
).
(
–
situation revealed within compare 361 406 Indeed
it
of is is
is
-
of .
one weakness the Hecyra that much the action
so
of
on
merely reported the stage the conversation

or
discussed
;
Pamphilus and his mother law reported the passages
in
in
is
-
-
just referred given
of
modern dramatist the rest the
to
,
. at A
.
situation would least have her run after him make her
to
,
appeal the stage

on
In
the Phormio Sostrata comes out after

's ,
hearing within the house Demipho objections the mar

of
to
,
riage 728 731 Phaedria has heard within the leno house
;
(
's
–
that Dorio has sold Pamphila 509 510 the Adelphoe

In
, he ,
(
).
Hegio takes Micio into Sostrata

of
house where course

,
,
's
must be introduced her and the sick girl hear their story
to
to
,
his
accept the situation and announce plans accordingly

,
compare 592 609 635 636 696 700

,
.
–
–
or
scandalous exciting scene discovered within and

is
A
As
Ba
reported 810 813 368 384 Merc 681 685 692 704
,
, ,
,
:
-
.
, , .
–
Miles 173 180 ompare 159 161 272 275 284 292 Heauton
),
–
–
(c
562 569 900 907 Eun 576 606 643 650 Ad 789 802 924
,
, ,
,
.
.
–
927 Cas 621 626 937 948

,
–
it .
by
While often obvious that the dramatist saving time

is
is
of
presenting brief announcement report that has

or
scene
a
a
off
been transferred stage Plautus even breaks the dramatic

,
by
allowing the fact69 com

on
illusion character comment

is to
a
pare pages above This done Mercator

in
,
117 118 1005 1008

–
–
).
the plays see Professor Knapp

of
69
For the conventional length article

's
on
References Plautus and Terence Plays Players and Playwrights

to
in
Classical Philology
14
35
55
41
1917 especially page

,
,
–
(
.
Action Of Stage 147
where Eutychus has suggested that they talk inside , for the sake
of privacy , but Demipho says , as he assents , . . . eadem brevior
fabula erit . Again , in Poenulus 920 – 922 , Milphio says to the
audience (921 ), . . . quae audivistis modo , nunc si eadem hic
iterum iterem , inscitiast . . . . In Pseudolus 388 Pseudolus
says , Nolo bis iterari: sat sic longae fiunt fabulae69 . Explana
tions are transferred to the house without such comment in the
following cases : Epid . 662 – 663, Rudens 1280 ( compare 1270
1271 ) , Trin . 1101 - 1102 , Truc . 838 – 839 , Heauton 873 , Eun . 1002
506
1004 , 1042 - 1050 , Ad . 209 – 210 , 598 599 609 Phormio 818
,
,
–
–
819
.
By
of
device frequently used give
an
air naturalness
to
to
,
a
a
conversation and avoid the necessity furnishing motive
to
of
a
for
the meeting the characters and for the beginning

of
of
the
conversation conversations are frequently begun the house
in
,
and continued outside70 Amph 499 Aul 120 As
, 16
504 591
,
,
:
.
Cist Epid
89
828 851 Cas 353 437 438 515 855 165

,
, ,
, ,
1
-
.
, .
Men 559 Merc 272 Miles 354 1137 1216 Most 157 904
,
, . ,
.
Persa 183 302 Poen 210 578 961 .

Pseud 1038 Rudens
, ,
, ,
, ,
,
3
, .
1045 1357 Stich 683 Trin 402 602 627 729 1125 Andr 820
,
,
.
.
46
Heauton 562 614 954 1003 Eun 207 668 817 Phormio
,
. ,
. ,
, .
58
485 713 784 894 Hec 198 577 841 Ad 288 517 Terence
,
. ,
.
uses this device little oftener than Plautus does

a
Someone within house hears sounds without and comes out

a
, :
Aul 727 Pseud 1285 Rudens 259 260 Trin 1093 Eun 454
,
,
–
.
. .
Phorm 985 991

–
.
Hecyra
of
In
336 339 Sostrata comes out her own house

–
because the sounds which she has heard next door

of
By familiar device one person comes out having the last

,
,
a
word conversation with inside the house Ba

of
someone
a
, , , .
:
309
235 Cas 311 780 Men Merc 562 962

,
, ,
, ,
179 165 466

–
.
, .
Miles 156 165 Poen 615 Andr 228 481 684 685 904
,
,
, -
, -
.
51
Heaut Ad
76
175 Hec 243 245 623 626 Phormio 209

,
, ,
,
-
.
.
–
511 635 636 719 787 889 924 Terence uses this device
,
.
–
freely even though least

of
the view some scholars

at
in
,
,
-
through
of
he ridicules the person Simo the Andria

in
in
it,
the well known lines 491 49371

at In
the Eunuchus the liveliest

,
,
-
it .
the plays he does not use

of
all
,
as
this technique Greek drama see Flickinger

), of
70For discussion
in
a
cited note above 239 240 309 310 71See Flickinger 242
in
6
,
,
–
.
As more vigorous in effect, a quarrel begun in the house is

continued on the stage : As. 127 - 150 , Cas. 89 – 143, Most . 1 – 77 ,
Trin . 627 – 716 . A scolding is continued , as in Stich . 58 – 67 ,
Men . 110 – 124 ,
1060 - 1061 . Still more vigorous are Euclio 's
upbraiding of Staphyla , as he drives her out of the house at
Aulularia 40 – 59 , and the fury with which he drives the cooks
out on the stage (406 - 414 : the scene within is described by
Congrio cocus ) . So Ballio drives members of his household
out in the Pseudolus (132 ) to address them on the stage . In the
Rudens Daemones drives Labrax from (706 ). In the temple
the Eunuchus Phaedria drags out the terrified Dorus (668 ) .
In a few cases a character stops to listen at the door as he
leaves a house , to hear what
happening on the stage : Hec . is
607 ,Merc . 477 ,

Phorm . 606 - 681 . One stops to tell others to
wait inside while he sees if the coast is clear : Mil . 596 –599 .
,
In the Andria , if Charinus has a house on the stage , Byrria
listens from that house at 412 – 425 ; otherwise , of course , he is
on the stage .
Characters go into the houses for various purposes . One goes
in to wait for the hostess (Truc . 209 , 322 – 327 ) ; to see a woman
( Truc . 664 –667 , 697 – 698 ) . One goes in to get something from
the house , e . g. money (Ba . 1050 – 1059, Ep . 303 - 305 , 319 , 633 ,
Persa 672 , Heauton 804 , Phormio 679 – 681 ) . Someone goes in
for
for
writing materials Ba letters Ba

or
714 715 727

,
),
. -
, .
.
(
(
986
905 906 compare 984 Curc letter brought

is
369 370
A
:
).
–
–
for
out Pers 459 460 One sent patera mph 770

in
is
a
.
( .
.
), (
)
–
–
(A
for signa Eun 753 Davos goes for the baby

or
778
in
;
)
.
or
Andria 715 721 722 message letter taken Persa

is
in
;
,
a
(
(
, -
147 152 195 200 Trin 600 601 1120 1121 man goes
52 to in
,
A
)
–
–
-
-
.
for water Rudens 438 439 read letter Ba 923 924

to
;
;
a
–
–
.
(
pay money Ba 1059 Heaut 831 832 think Persa

to
;
,
,
(
(
-
; .
Pseud 571 572 plot vengeance and place the slaves for
to
to
-
.
the attack Most 1036

to
1040 scold the slaves Persa 722

;
.
(
(
–
723
In ).
the great majority

off
cases the action stage essential

of
is
-
the plot has long been noticed too that

to
It
the ancient
,
,
.
to
dramatist even though restricted single setting with

,
definitely fixed number entrances and exits was particularly

of
handling the movements his characters Natur

of
successful
in
ally enough the majority movements where no motive

of
is
,
expressed or implied , where the character is brought upon the

stage because the dramatist needs him (or her ) there for the
action of the play , is to and from the houses on the stage .
Of these the movements most evidently forced are those of
women , for in the Greek cities of those days women spent
most time indoors . A man and his attendant step from the
house, stop for a talk together or with a neighbor , turn and go in
the direction of the town — these were sights constantly seen .
That a man should bring out his wife for private talk , as in
Hecyra 198 – 242 , or that a woman should bring out her brother
175
for
matter
as
of
such talk Aulularia was
in
120
,
a
–
dramatic necessity not daily custom
of
But motive defi

,
,
if
a
.
nitely stated should required the writer when he brings
be
of
characters from the house he may well be excused from furnish

,
ing motive when the characters return their houses from

to
a
the street the town the houses again the street

or
or
to
to
from
,
,
be
go
before the houses One should entitled home least

to
at
,
,
. .
By
at
off
any moment conversation begun
of
the device
a
as
stage and
on
continued the characters come the dramatist

may avoid providing motive for the entrance see page 147
,
as a
by
above This device has been used trifle oftener
is
said
,
a
).
by
Terence than Plautus Terence average raised however

,
,
is
.
's
by
the Hecyra
of
the number instances the Heauton and

in
in
six
serious matter when only plays all are question

in
in
a
However interesting note that the cases are few where

to
is
it
,
motive whatever for the ap

no
this device used and where

is
pearance the characters expressed implied

In
or
of
this
is
respect found no great difference the practice the two

of
in
I
dramatists Similarly the device by which character ap

,
a
.
pearing house flings the last word

of
from conversation
a
over his shoulder someone within the house not only gives
to
an
of
air naturalness the conversation but serves connect

to
to
,
the visible action upon the stage with the invisible action with
the great majority
of
Again the cases such entrances are

in
in
,
,
.
duly motivated by both dramatists

.
It
evident that Plautus and Terence wrote for audiences

is
that stage
of
saw the world the The three dimensions

in
them not merely shadow shapes that came

to
characters were
-
of
and went along the length the stage but were seen the
in
,
being closely re
off
round The action stage has the effect

of
.
the stage accompanying and supporting

on
lated the action

it
to
.
CONCLUSION
As I stated in the Preface , this study was begun in the first

instance as an attempt to determine clearly and consistently ,
if possible , from the extant plays of Plautus and Terence, the
conventional significance of the side - entrances on the Roman
stage . As I have shown , on pages 4 - 12 of the Introductory
, our reference books , the annotated editions of
the
Chapter plays
the learned periodicals
of
Plautus and Terence and articles
in
,
give varying and conflicting statements
on
this matter further
,
of
the writers such books editions articles not only never
or
,
,
all
study
an
possible but even

of
made exhaustive evidence
,
as
most cases did not use properly such evidence was readily
in
,
To
of
available determine the use the side entrances and
-
.
as
as
their significance was necessary determine exactly
. for to
it
possible the stage setting needed the production
of
each
-
play Chapter was necessary

II
This was done Then
in
it
.
play required
of to
of
determine whether the action each the use

angiportum posticum and horti This was done and the
,
pertinent plays and passages were discussed and listed Chap
in
III
as
was necessary Chapter
IV
It
ter show was done

to
in
,
,
.
plays demanded the use entrances leading the

of
which
forum the country and the harbor Further was necessary to
it
,
,
.
study the first entrances the characters brought

of
on
the
at
to
opening play Chapter

of
each This was done Then

in
,
V
.
it all
with the setting play clearly

each mind and related
to
of
in
means upon the stage and exit from the stage

of
entrance
,
of
was possible proceed the study the significance

of
the
to
to
, all
side entrances For that study

to
was necessary work out

it
-
.
of
the movements all the characters the scene

to
and from
not merely those through the side entrances The statement
, -
, .
see pages
of
Vitruvius 68 104 105 above that one

15
,
),
(5
.6
.8
:
side entrance led the stage foro and the other peregre
to
of ,
a
a
-
no
incomplete for our purposes since gives indication

is
it
direction right have shown see pages 104 105 above

or
left
,
,
I
.
that Vitruvius statement can be satisfactorily supplemented

's
our study the extant plays

of
from for have been able

to
,
, I
Chapter VI that the entrance

ab
the urbe was

to
show foro
in
right spectators
of
the while that peregre was their left

to
,
The evidence found the plays for the entrance rure not
is
in
150
Conclusion 151
adequate ,
far
for
absolutely final judgment pages
an
so see
(
above evident however
from the detailed study
II, is
104 105
It
,
,
).
Chapters III
the necessary
IV
of
made entrances
and
in
,
for each play and from the study made Chapter VI
of
the
in
,
movements characters all
each play that the plays could
of
in
,
be
staged satisfactorily with the entrance rure the left the
of
to
spectators
be
entirely natural
an
This has been shown
to
.
105
all
arrangement see pages 104 above since puts move
it
,
,
),
(
and from regions away from the city
of
ments the left the
to
to
all
spectators while those and from the forum and the rest
to
,
the right the spectators

of
the city are

of
to
.
When this theory the significance
of
of
the side entrances has
-
all
throughout the plays
as
been carefully tested was done
in
,
Chapter VI this study few passages remain that present
of
,
a
but they present any
of
difficulties difficulties under system
—
interpretation we may sup

of
of
the use the side entrances

If
-
.
pose that there pauses
of
were intervals the action the
or
in
by
plays occasionally that were filled interludes these diffi

,
,
Chapter VII
as
be
culties may removed has been shown

in
,
,
where the possible intervals and the passages the plays
in
,
suggesting the possible use

of
interludes have been studied

,
The study Chapter .

of
the action off stage that was made

IX
in
the necessity observing carefully just what the

of
grew from
do
characters intended when they left the stage and what

to
they said that they had done when they returned the stage
be to
,
off
stage could definitely

be
wherever action shown

to
or
referred even implied This was necessary

to
order
to
in
.
all
as
determine accurately possible the entrances and exits

as
all
of
that were used movements characters and the

to
from
in
stage
.
all
, all
As studying the extant plays

of
the result then from

,
, ,
these points that we may say finally

of
view seems clear

it
,
on
that the stage

of
the Roman theater the side entrance the

to
-
right
of
the spectators was used for entrances and exits

of
characters from and the city and the forum and that the
to
the spectators was used for en

of
side entrance the left

to
-
characters moving from

of
trances and exits the port

to
and
as
and foreign parts and probably and the country

to
from
,
well
.
In the Poetics 1455 a 17 Aristotle writes as follows :

Δεί δε τους μύθους συνιστάναι και τη λέξει συναπεργάζεσθαι
ότι μάλιστα προ ομμάτων τιθέμενον , ούτω γάρ άν εναργέστατα
[ 6] ορών ώσπερ παρ ' αυτούς γιγνόμενος τους πραττομένοις ευρί
σκοι το πρέπον και ήκιστα αν λανθάνοι [το] τα υπεναντία .
This passage Professor Bywater72 rendered as follows :
At the time when he is constructing his Plots , and engaged on
the Diction in which they are worked out , the poet should
remember ( 1 ) to put the actual scenes as far as possible before
his eyes . In this way , seeing everything with the vividness of
an eye -witness as it were , he will devise what is appropriate ,
and be least likely to overlook incongruities .
· My own feeling is , very strongly , that Plautus and Terence

acted throughout in the spirit of this injunction of Aristotle ,
and that what seem to us incongruities in their plays are more
often due ( if not always due) to our lack of knowledge con
cerning the technique of the performance of their plays than
to lack of skill or carelessness on their part .
72] quotethe text of Aristotle from Aristotelis De Arte Poetica Liber ,

Recognovit Brevique Adnotatione Critica Instruxit I . Bywater , Editio
Altera (Oxford : At the Clarendon Press , 1911 ) . Bywater ' s translation is to
be found in a work entitled Aristotle On the Art of Poetry : A Revised Text ,
With Critical Introduction , Translation , and Commentary , by Ingram
Bywater , 49 (Oxford : At The Clarendon Press, 1909 ) .

Mary Johnston, Exits and Entrances in Roman Comedy (Plautus and Terence)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Mary Johnston, Exits and Entrances in Roman Comedy (Plautus and Terence)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Mary Johnston, Exits and Entrances in Roman Comedy (Plautus and Terence)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

EXITS AND ENTRANCES

Submitted in Partial Fulfillment of the Requirements for

GENEVA , NEW YORK

INDIANA UNIVERSITY LIBRAR

I have attempted this study of entrances and exits as handled

made the side entrances the Roman

chief Roman writers comedy Plautus and Terence For

this purpose the evidence the subject

was assembled and studied

all the characters the extant plays

setting for each play Further became necessary take up to

the question whether there were were not intervals between

were were not used the dramatists such intervals

between scenes Also the miniatures illustrating one manu

script one play the Phormio

Terence were studied

what light they might cast upon the subject

the course connection with

several divisions the subject

same passage must considered from more than one point

view and hence more than one section this dissertation

This inevitably caused much repetition material but for the

this subject this repetition has been

directly before the eyes

allowed since the evidence

needed connection with given point much more satis

factory well far easier countless cross

from section section view

The text Plautus from which that

The text Terence which have used that and

Macci Plauti Comoediae Recognovit Brevique Adnotatione

Critica Instruxit allace Lindsay Two volumes the

parts the Oxford Classi

Clarendon Press 1903 1904 These volumes

cal Text Series

Lindsaya . However , I have not followed either text exactly in

tus' plays was made in the time of Varro (Usener in Nachricht .

ject monograph entitled The Ancient Editions

College Columbia University he suggested this topic and he ,

Terenti Afri Comoediae Recognoverunt Brevique Adnotatione

Critica Instruxerunt Robert Kauer Wallace Lindsay Oxford

At theClarendon Press 1926 This volume part the Oxford Classical

The Captivi Editio Maior Edited with

Apparatus Criticus and Commentary Wallace Lindsay London

Methuen and Company 1900

See the Introduction page

4Plautinische Forschungen Friedrich Leo Berlin Weidman 1912

50xford James Parker and Company 1904

Certain Annotated Editions of Plays of Plautus

Local Topographical Conditions and the Theater at

OF PLAUTUS AND TERENCE . .. ..... .. ..

3. The Country ... .. .. ..

6 . The Temples . . . 136

7 . Angiportum , Posticum , Horti .

In real sense the history of the drama and of the

upon the staging the plays On page 208 Professor Flickinger

remarks that the period the New Comedy saw at

the rise the convention that the side entrance